82_FR_21242 82 FR 21156 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to the U.S. Air Force 86 Fighter Weapons Squadron Conducting Long Range Strike Weapons System Evaluation Program at the Pacific Missile Range Facility at Kauai, Hawaii

82 FR 21156 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to the U.S. Air Force 86 Fighter Weapons Squadron Conducting Long Range Strike Weapons System Evaluation Program at the Pacific Missile Range Facility at Kauai, Hawaii

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

Federal Register Volume 82, Issue 86 (May 5, 2017)

Page Range21156-21185
FR Document2017-09137

NMFS has received an application, pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), from the U.S. Air Force 86 Fighter Weapons Squadron (86 FWS) for authorization to take marine mammals incidental to Long Range Strike Weapons System Evaluation Program (LRS WSEP) activities in the Barking Sands Underwater Range Expansion (BSURE) area of the Pacific Missile Range Facility (PMRF) off Kauai, Hawaii, for the period of August 23, 2017, through August 22, 2022. NMFS is proposing regulations to govern that take, and requests comments on the proposed regulations.

Federal Register, Volume 82 Issue 86 (Friday, May 5, 2017)
[Federal Register Volume 82, Number 86 (Friday, May 5, 2017)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 21156-21185]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2017-09137]


=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

50 CFR Part 218

[Docket No. 201135-7135-01]
RIN 0648-BG65


Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; 
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to the U.S. Air Force 86 Fighter 
Weapons Squadron Conducting Long Range Strike Weapons System Evaluation 
Program at the Pacific Missile Range Facility at Kauai, Hawaii

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Proposed rule; request for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: NMFS has received an application, pursuant to the Marine 
Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), from the U.S. Air Force 86 Fighter 
Weapons Squadron (86 FWS) for authorization to take marine mammals 
incidental to Long Range Strike Weapons System Evaluation Program (LRS 
WSEP) activities in the Barking Sands Underwater Range Expansion 
(BSURE) area of the Pacific Missile Range Facility (PMRF) off Kauai, 
Hawaii, for the period of August 23, 2017, through August 22, 2022. 
NMFS is proposing regulations to govern that take, and requests 
comments on the proposed regulations.

DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than June 5, 
2017.

ADDRESSES: You may submit comments on this document by either of the 
following methods:
     Electronic submission: Submit all electronic public 
comments via the Federal e-Rulemaking Portal. Go to 
www.regulations.gov, enter 0648-BG65 in the ``Search'' box, click the 
``Comment Now!'' icon, complete the required fields, and enter or 
attach your comments.
     Mail: Comments should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, 
Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected 
Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East West Highway, 
Silver Spring, MD 20910.
    Instructions: NMFS may not consider comments if they are sent by 
any other method, to any other address or individual, or received after 
the end of the comment period. Attachments to electronic comments will 
be accepted in Microsoft Word or Excel or Adobe PDF

[[Page 21157]]

file formats only. To help NMFS process and review comments more 
efficiently, please use only one method to submit comments. All 
comments received are a part of the public record and will generally be 
posted on www.regulations.gov without change. All personal identifying 
information (e.g., name, address) voluntarily submitted by the 
commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit confidential 
business information or otherwise sensitive or protected information. 
NMFS will accept anonymous comments (enter N/A in the required fields 
if you wish to remain anonymous).

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jaclyn Daly, Office of Protected 
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Availability

    A copy of 86 FWS's application and any supporting documents, as 
well as a list of the references cited in this document, may be 
obtained online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental/military.htm. In case of problems accessing these documents, please 
call the contact listed above (see FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT). 
The following associated documents are also available at the same 
internet address: list of the references used in this document, the 
seasonal parameters memo, and 86 FWS's Environmental Assessment (EA) 
titled, ``Environmental Assessment/Overseas Environmental Assessment 
for the Long Range Strike Weapon Systems Evaluation Program at the 
Pacific Missile Range Facility at Kauai, Hawaii.'' Documents cited in 
this notice may also be viewed, by appointment, during regular business 
hours, at the aforementioned address.

Purpose and Need for Regulatory Action

    This proposed rule, to be issued under the authority of the MMPA, 
would establish a framework for authorizing the take of marine mammals 
incidental to LRS WSEP activities in the BSURE area of the PMRF off 
Kauai, Hawaii. We received an application from 86 FWS requesting 5-year 
regulations and authorization for the take, by Level B harassment, of 
16 species of marine mammals, and, by Level A harassment of 4 of those 
species. The regulations would be valid from August 23, 2017, to August 
22, 2022. Please see Background below for definitions of Level A and 
Level B harassment.

Legal Authority for the Proposed Action

    Section 101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1371(a)(5)(A) directs 
the Secretary of Commerce to allow, upon request, the incidental, but 
not intentional taking of small numbers of marine mammals by U.S. 
citizens who engage in a specified activity (other than commercial 
fishing) within a specified geographical region for up to five years 
if, after notice and public comment, the agency makes certain findings 
and issues regulations that set forth permissible methods of taking 
pursuant to that activity, as well as monitoring and reporting 
requirements. Section 101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA and the implementing 
regulations at 50 CFR part 216, subpart I provide the legal basis for 
issuing this proposed rule containing five-year regulations, and for 
any subsequent Letters of Authorization (LOA) issued pursuant to those 
regulations. As directed by this legal authority, this proposed rule 
contains mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements.
    The National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2004 
(Section 319, Pub. L. 108-136, November 24, 2003) (NDAA of 2004) 
removed the ``small numbers'' and ``specified geographical region'' 
limitations indicated earlier and amended the definition of harassment 
as it applies to a ``military readiness activity'' to read as follows 
(Section 3(18)(B) of the MMPA, 16 U.S.C. 1362(18)(B)): ``(i) Any act 
that injures or has the significant potential to injure a marine mammal 
or marine mammal stock in the wild'' (Level A Harassment); ``or (ii) 
any act that disturbs or is likely to disturb a marine mammal or marine 
mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of natural behavioral 
patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, surfacing, nursing, 
breeding, feeding, or sheltering, to a point where such behavioral 
patterns are abandoned or significantly altered'' (Level B Harassment).

Summary of Major Provisions Within the Proposed Rule

    Following is a summary of some of the major provisions in this 
proposed rule for 86 FWS's LRS WSEP activities. We have preliminarily 
determined that 86 FWS's adherence to the proposed mitigation, 
monitoring, and reporting measures listed below would achieve the least 
practicable adverse impact on the affected marine mammals. They 
include:
     Restricting time of activities to missions that will occur 
only during day-light hours, only on weekdays, and only during the 
summer or fall months.
     Conducting visual aerial surveys before and after mission 
activities each day.
     Delaying mission activities if a protected species is 
observed in the impact zones, and resuming only after one of the 
following conditions is met: (1) The animal is observed exiting the 
impact area; or (2) the impact area has been clear of any additional 
sightings for a period of 30 minutes.
     If daytime weather and/or sea conditions preclude adequate 
monitoring for detecting marine mammals and other marine life, delaying 
LRS WSEP strike operations until adequate sea conditions exist for 
monitoring to be undertaken.
     Using mission reporting forms to track the use of the PMRF 
for missions and protected species observations.
     Submitting a summary report of marine mammal observations 
and LRS WSEP activities to the NMFS Pacific Islands Regional Office 
(PIRO) and the Office of Protected Resources 90 days after expiration 
of the current authorization.
     Using Passive Acoustic Monitoring (PAM) by using the 
Navy's hydrophones within the PMRF to collect data before, during, and 
after LRS WSEP missions. This data will be stored at Space and Naval 
Warfare Systems Command (SPAWAR) to be analyzed as funding allows.
     If unauthorized takes of marine mammals (i.e., serious 
injury or mortality) occur, ceasing operations and reporting to NMFS 
and to the respective Pacific Islands Region stranding network 
representative immediately and submitting a report to NMFS within 24 
hours.

Background

    Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA(16 U.S.C. 1371(a)(5)(A) 
and (D)) direct the Secretary of Commerce to allow, upon request, the 
incidental, but not intentional, taking of small numbers of marine 
mammals of a species or population stock, by U.S. citizens who engage 
in a specified activity (other than commercial fishing) within a 
specified geographical region if certain findings are made and either 
regulations are issued or, if the taking is limited to harassment, a 
notice of a proposed authorization is provided to the public for 
review. An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if 
NMFS finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species 
or stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the 
availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where 
relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements

[[Page 21158]]

pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings 
are set forth. NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 
as an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be 
reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely 
affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of 
recruitment or survival.

Summary of Request

    On June 23, 2016, NMFS received a request for regulations from 86 
FWS for the taking of small numbers of marine mammals incidental to LRS 
WSEP activities in the BSURE area of the PMRF off Kauai, Hawaii. We 
received revised drafts on November 29, 2016, and December 21, 2016, 
which we considered adequate and complete. On January 6, 2017, we 
published a notice of receipt of 86 FWS's application in the Federal 
Register (82 FR 1702), requesting comments and information for thirty 
days related to 86 FWS's request. We received comments from private 
citizens, one marine mammal research organization, and six non-
governmental organization (NGOs), which we considered in the 
development of this proposed rule.
    The 86 FWS proposes taking marine mammals incidental to LRS WSEP 
activities by Level B harassment of 16 species of marine mammals and by 
Level A harassment of 4 of those species. NMFS has previously issued an 
incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to 86 FWS authorizing the 
taking of marine mammals incidental to LRS WSEP activities in the BSURE 
area of the PMRF in 2016 (81 FR 67971; October 3, 2016). The 
regulations proposed in this action, if issued, would be effective from 
August 23, 2017, through August 22, 2022.

Description of the Specified Activity

Overview

    The 86 FWS proposes to conduct air-to-surface missions in the BSURE 
area of the PMRF. The LRS WSEP test objective is to conduct operational 
evaluations of long range strike weapons and other munitions as part of 
LRS WSEP operations to properly train units to execute requirements 
within Designed Operational Capability Statements, which describe 
units' real-world operational expectations in a time of war. Due to 
threats to national security, an increasing number of missions 
involving air-to-surface activities have been directed by the 
Department of Defense (DoD). Accordingly, the U.S. Air Force seeks the 
ability to conduct operational evaluations of all phases of long range 
strike weapons within the U.S. Navy's Hawaii Range Complex (HRC). LRS 
WSEP objectives are to evaluate air-to-surface and maritime weapon 
employment data, evaluate tactics, techniques, and procedures in an 
operationally realistic environment and to determine the impact of 
tactics, techniques, and procedures on combat Air Force training. The 
munitions associated with the proposed activities are not part of a 
typical unit's training allocations and, prior to attending a WSEP 
evaluation, most pilots and weapon systems officers have only dropped 
weapons in simulators or used the aircraft's simulation mode. Without 
WSEP operations, pilots would be using these weapons for the first time 
in combat. On average, half of the participants in each unit drop an 
actual weapon for the first time during a WSEP evaluation. 
Consequently, WSEP is a military readiness activity and is the last 
opportunity for squadrons to receive operational training and 
evaluations before they deploy.
    LRSWSEP missions involve the use of multiple types of live and 
inert munitions (bombs and missiles) scored above, at, or just below 
the water's surface in the BSURE (Table 1). The ordnance may be 
delivered by multiple types of aircraft, including bombers and fighter 
aircraft. Weapon performance will be evaluated by an underwater 
acoustic hydrophone array system as the weapons strike the water 
surface. Net explosive weight of the live munitions ranges from 23 to 
300 pounds (lbs). Missions will occur annually over five years from 
2017 and 2021 (see Table 1), primarily during the summer but may occur 
in the fall as well. All missions will be conducted during daylight 
hours. LRS WSEP missions could potentially take 16 species of marine 
mammals by Level B harassment, and additionally, 4 of those species by 
Level A harassment.

Dates and Duration

    The specified activity may occur during the summer months, or less 
likely in fall months, during the five-year period of validity of the 
proposed regulations. Missions will occur only on weekdays during 
daytime hours. Missions will occur, on average, approximately five days 
per year on consecutive days. The LOA would be valid from August 20, 
2017, through August 19, 2022.

Specified Geographical Region

    The specific planned impact area is approximately 44 nautical miles 
(nmi) (81 kilometers (km)) offshore of Kauai, Hawaii, in a water depth 
of about 15,240 feet (ft) (4,645 meters (m)). (see Figure 2-2 of 86 
FWS's application). All activities will take place within the PMRF, 
which is located in Hawaii off the western shores of the island of 
Kauai and includes broad ocean areas to the north, south, and west (see 
Figure 2-1 of 86 FWS's application).
    Within the PMRF, activities would occur in the BSURE area, which 
lies in Warning Area 188A (W-188A). The BSURE consists of about 900 nmi 
\2\ of instrumented underwater ranges, encompassing the deep-water 
portion of the PMRF and providing over 80 percent of the PMRF's 
underwater scoring capability. The BSURE facilitates training, tactics, 
development, and test and evaluation for air, surface, and subsurface 
weapons systems in deep water. It provides a full spectrum of range 
support, including radar, underwater instrumentation, telemetry, 
electronic warfare, remote target command and control, communications, 
data display and processing, and target/weapon launching and recovery 
facilities. The underwater tracking system begins 9 nmi (17 km) from 
the north shore of Kauai and extends out to 40 nmi (74 km) from shore. 
The LRS WSEP missions would employ live weapons with long flight paths 
requiring large amounts of airspace, and would conclude with weapon 
impact and surface detonations within the BSURE instrumented range.

Detailed Description of Activities

    The LRS WSEP training missions, classified as military readiness 
activities, refer to the deployment of live (containing explosive 
charges) missiles and bombs from aircraft toward the water surface. 
Depending on the requirements of a given mission, munitions may be 
inert (containing no explosives or only a ``spotting'' charge) or live 
(containing explosive charges). Live munitions may detonate above, at, 
or slightly below the water surface. The actions include air-to-surface 
test missions of the Joint Air-to-Surface Stand-off Missile/Joint Air-
to-Surface Stand-off Missile-Extended Range (JASSM/JASSM-ER), Small 
Diameter Bomb-I/II (SDB-I/II), High-speed Anti-Radiation Missile 
(HARM), Joint Direct Attack Munition/Laser Joint Direct Attack Munition 
(JDAM/LJDAM), and Miniature Air-Launched Decoy (MALD), including 
detonations above the water, at the water surface, and slightly below 
the water surface (Table 1).
    Aircraft used for munition releases would include bombers and 
fighter aircraft. Additional airborne assets, such as the P-3 Orion or 
the P-8 Poseidon, would be used to relay telemetry and

[[Page 21159]]

flight termination system streams between the weapon and ground 
stations. Other support aircraft would be associated with range 
clearance activities before and during the mission and with air-to-air 
refueling operations. All weapon delivery aircraft would originate from 
an out base and fly into military-controlled airspace prior to 
employment. Due to long transit times between the out base and mission 
location, air-to-air refueling may be conducted in either W-188 or W-
189. Bombers, such as the B-1, would deliver the weapons, conduct air-
to-air refueling, and return to their originating base as part of one 
sortie. However, when fighter aircraft are used, the distance and 
corresponding transit time to the various potential originating bases 
would make return flights after each mission day impractical. In these 
cases, the aircraft would temporarily (less than one week) park 
overnight at Hickam Air Force Base (HAFB) and would return to their 
home base at the conclusion of each mission set. Multiple weapon 
release aircraft would be used during some missions, each potentially 
releasing multiple munitions. Each LRS WSEP mission set will occur over 
a maximum of five consecutive days per year. Approximately 10 Air Force 
personnel would be on temporary duty to support each mission set.
    Aircraft flight maneuver operations and weapon release would be 
conducted in W-188A. Chase aircraft may be used to evaluate weapon 
release and to track weapons. Flight operations and weapons delivery 
would be in accordance with published Air Force directives and weapon 
operational release parameters, as well as all applicable Navy safety 
regulations and criteria established specifically for the PMRF. 
Aircraft supporting LSR WSEP missions would primarily operate at high 
altitudes--only flying below 3,000 ft for a limited time as needed for 
escorting non-military vessels outside the hazard area or for 
monitoring the area for protected marine species (e.g., marine mammals 
and sea turtles). Protected marine species aerial surveys would be 
temporary (approximately 30 minutes) and would focus on an area 
surrounding the weapon impact point on the water. Post-mission surveys 
would focus on the area down current of the weapon impact location. 
Range clearance procedures for each mission would cover a much larger 
area for human safety. Weapon release parameters would be conducted as 
approved by the PMRF Range Safety. Daily mission briefs would specify 
planned release conditions for each mission. Aircraft and weapons would 
be tracked for time, space, and position information. The 86 FWS test 
director would coordinate with the PMRF Range Safety Officer, 
Operations Conductor, Range Facility Control Officer, and other 
applicable mission control personnel for aircraft control, range 
clearance, and mission safety.
Joint Air-to-Surface Stand-Off Missile/Joint Air-to-Surface Stand-Off 
Missile--Extended Range (JASSM/JASSM-ER)
    The JASSM is a stealthy precision cruise missile designed for 
launch outside area defenses against hardened, medium-hardened, soft, 
and area type targets. The JASSM has a range of more than 200 nmi (370 
km) and carries a 1,000-lb warhead with approximately 300 lbs of 2,4,6-
trinitrotoluene (TNT) equivalent net explosive weight (NEW). The 
specific explosive used is AFX-757, a type of plastic bonded explosive 
(PBX). The weapon has the capability to fly a preprogrammed route from 
launch to a target, using Global Positioning System (GPS) technology 
and an internal navigation system (INS) combined with a Terminal Area 
Model when available. Additionally, the weapon has a Common Low 
Observable Auto-Routing function that gives the weapon the ability to 
find the route that best utilizes the low observable qualities of the 
JASSM. In either case, these routes can be modeled prior to weapon 
release. The JASSM-ER has additional fuel and a different engine for a 
greater range than the JASSM (500 nmi (926 km)) but maintains the same 
functionality of the JASSM.
Small Diameter Bomb-I/Small Diameter Bomb-II (SDB-I/SDB-II)
    The SDB-I is a 250-lb air-launched GPS-INS guided weapon for fixed 
soft to hardened targets. SDB-II expands the SDB-I capability with 
network enabling and uses a tri-mode sensor infrared, millimeter, and 
semi-active laser to attack both fixed and movable targets. Both 
munitions have a range of up to 60 nmi (111 km). The SDB-I contains 37 
lbs of TNT-equivalent NEW, and the SDB-II contains 23 lbs NEW. The 
explosive used in both SDB-I and SDB-II is AFX-757.
High-Speed Anti-Radiation Missile (HARM)
    The HARM is a supersonic air-to-surface missile designed to seek 
and destroy enemy radar-equipped air defense systems. The HARM has a 
proportional guidance system that homes in on enemy radar emissions 
through fixed antenna and seeker head in the missile nose. It has a 
range of up to 80 nmi (148 km) and contains 45 lbs of TNT-equivalent 
NEW. The explosive used is PBXN-107.
Joint Direct Attack Munition/Laser Joint Direct Attack Munition (JDAM/
LJDAM)
    The JDAM is a smart GPS-INS weapon that uses an unguided gravity 
bomb and adds a guidance and control kit, converting it to a precision-
guided munition. The LJDAM variant adds a laser sensor to the JDAM, 
permitting guidance to a laser designated target. Both JDAM and LJDAM 
contain 192 lbs of TNT-equivalent NEW with multiple fusing options, 
with detonations occurring upon impact or with up to a 10-millisecond 
delay.
Miniature Air Launched Decoy/Miniature Air Launched Decoy--Jamming 
(MALD/MALD-J)
    The MALD is an air-launched, expendable decoy that will provide the 
Air Force the capability to simulate, deceive, decoy, and saturate an 
enemy's threat integrated air defense system (IADS). The MALD 
production has recently transitioned to include the MALD-J variant, 
which has the same decoy capability of the MALD plus the addition of 
jamming IADS. The MALD and MALD-J have ranges up to 500 nmi (926 km) to 
include a 200 nmi (370 km) dash with a 30-minute loiter mode. It has no 
warhead, and no detonation would occur upon impact with the water 
surface.
    Releases of live ordnance associated with 2017-2021 missions would 
result in either airbursts, surface detonations, or subsurface 
detonations (10-ft (3 m) water depth). Up to four SDB I/II munitions 
could be released simultaneously, such that each ordnance would hit the 
water surface within a few seconds of each other. Aside from the SDB-I/
II releases, all other weapons would be released separately, impacting 
the water surface at different times. There will be a total of five 
mission days per year during the time frame of 2017 to 2021.
    A typical mission day would consist of pre-mission checks, safety 
review, crew briefings, weather checks, clearing airspace, range 
clearance, mitigations/monitoring efforts, and other military protocols 
prior to launch of weapons. Potential delays could be the result of 
multiple factors, including adverse weather conditions leading to 
unsafe take-off, landing, and aircraft operations, inability to clear 
the range of non-mission vessels or aircraft, mechanical issues with 
mission aircraft or munitions, or presence of protected species in the 
impact area. These standard operating procedures are

[[Page 21160]]

usually done in the morning, and live range time may begin in late 
morning once all checks are complete and approval is granted from range 
control. The range would be closed to the public for a maximum of four 
hours per mission day.
    Each long range strike weapon would be released in W-188A and would 
follow a given flight path with programmed GPS waypoints to mark its 
course in the air. Long range strike weapons would complete their 
maximum flight range (up to 500 nmi distance for JASSM-ER) at an 
altitude of approximately 18,000 ft (equivalent in kms) mean sea level 
(MSL) and terminate at a specified location for scoring of the impact. 
The cruise time would vary among the munitions but would be about 45 
minutes for JASSM/JASSM-ER and 10 minutes for SDB-I/II. The time frame 
between employments of successive munitions would vary, but releases 
could be spaced by approximately one hour to account for the JASSM 
cruise time. The routes and associated safety profiles would be 
contained within W-188A boundaries. The objective of the route designs 
is to complete full-scale evasive maneuvers that avoid simulated 
threats, and would not consist of a standard ``paper clip'' or 
regularly shaped route. The final impact point on the water surface 
would be programmed into the munitions for weapons scoring and 
evaluations. The JDAM/LJDAM munitions would also be set to impact at 
the same point on the water surface.
    All missions would be conducted in accordance with applicable 
flight safety, hazard area, and launch parameter requirements 
established for the PMRF. A weapon hazard region would be established, 
with the size and shape determined by the maximum distance a weapon 
could travel in any direction during its descent. The hazard area is 
typically adjusted for potential wind speed and direction, resulting in 
a maximum composite safety footprint for each mission (each footprint 
boundary is at least 10 nmi from the Kauai coastline). This information 
is used to establish a Launch Exclusion Area and Aircraft Hazard Area. 
These exclusion areas must be verified to be clear of all non-mission 
and non-essential vessels and aircraft before live weapons are 
released. In addition, a buffer area must also be clear on the water 
surface so that vessels do not enter the exclusion area during the 
launch window. Prior to weapon release, a range sweep of the hazard 
area would be conducted by participating mission aircraft or other 
appropriate aircraft, potentially including S-61N helicopter, C-26 
aircraft, fighter aircraft (F-15E, F-16, F-22), or the Coast Guard's C-
130 aircraft.
    The PMRF has used small water craft docked at the Port Allen public 
pier to keep nearshore areas clear of tour boats for some mission 
launch areas. However, for missions with large hazard areas that occur 
far offshore from Kauai, it would be impractical for these smaller 
vessels to conduct range clearance activities. The composite safety 
footprint weapons associated with LRS WSEP missions is anticipated to 
be rather large; therefore, it is likely that range clearing activities 
would be conducted solely by aircraft.
    The Range Facility Control Officer is responsible for establishing 
hazard clearance areas, directing clearance and surveillance assets, 
and reporting range status to the Operations Conductor. The Control 
Officer is also responsible for submitting all Notice to Airmen 
(NOTAMs) and Notice to Mariners (NOTMARs), and for requesting all 
Federal Aviation Administration airspace clearances.
    The 86 FWS would also like to use a maximum of eight target boats 
and a maximum of 5,000 20-mm gunnery rounds each year. The gunnery 
rounds would be inert (do not contain explosives), which would minimize 
the potential for fragmentation and creation of marine debris, and 
would be fired against a target boat. Because the use of target boats 
with inert munitions does not have an acoustic component, it would not 
take any marine mammals, and is therefore not discussed further.

                                           Table 1--Summary of Proposed Testing at the PMRF From 2017 to 2021
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                     Number of Proposed Releases
         Type of munition              Live or inert       NEW      Type of aircraft    Detonation scenario --------------------------------------------
                                                           (lb)                                                2017     2018     2019     2020     2021
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JASSM/JASSM-ER...................  Live................      300  Bomber, Fighter.....  Surface............        6        6        6        6        6
SDB-I............................  Live................       37  Bomber, Fighter.....  Surface............       30       30       30       30       30
SDB-II...........................  Live................       23  Bomber, Fighter.....  Surface............       30       30       30       30       30
HARM.............................  Live................       45  Fighter.............  Surface............       10       10       10       10       10
JDAM/LJDAM.......................  Live................      192  Bomber, Fighter.....  Subsurface \1\.....       30       30       30       30       30
MALD/MALD-J......................  Inert...............      N/A  Fighter.............  N/A................        4        4        4        4        4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HARM = High Anti-Radiation Missile; JASSM = Joint Air-to-Surface Standoff Missile; JASSM-ER = Joint Air-to-Surface Standoff Missile--Extended Range;
  JDAM = Joint Direct Attack Munition; lb = pounds; LJDAM = Laser Joint Direct Attack Munition; MALD = Miniature Air Launched Decoy; MALD-J = Miniature
  Air Launched Decoy--Jamming; N/A = not applicable (inert); SDB = Small Diameter Bomb
\1\ Assumes a 10-millisecond time-delayed fuse resulting in detonation occurring at an approximate 10-foot water depth.

Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of the Specified Activity

    There are 25 marine mammal species with potential or confirmed 
occurrence in the proposed activity area; however, not all of these 
species occur in this region during the project timeframe. Table 2 
lists and summarizes key information regarding stock status and 
abundance of these species. Please see NMFS' draft 2016 Stock 
Assessment Reports (SAR), available at www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars for 
more detailed accounts of these stocks' status and abundance.

[[Page 21161]]



                                               Table 2--Marine Mammals That Could Occur in the BSURE Area
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        Stock  abundance
                                                                ESA/MMPA  status;       (CV, Nmin,  most                            Occurrence in BSURE
              Species                         Stock           strategic  (Y/N) \1\     recent  abundance           PBR \3\                  area
                                                                                          survey) \2\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Mysticeti (baleen whales)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Family: Balaenopteridae
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Humpback whale (Megaptera            Central North Pacific.  N; Y..................  10,103 (0.300; 7,890;  83...................  Seasonal; throughout
 novaeangliae) \4\.                                                                   2006).                                        known breeding
                                                                                                                                    grounds during
                                                                                                                                    winter and spring
                                                                                                                                    (most common
                                                                                                                                    November through
                                                                                                                                    April).
Blue Whale (Balaenoptera musculus).  Central North Pacific.  Y; Y..................  81 (1.14; 38; 2010)..  0.1..................  Seasonal; infrequent
                                                                                                                                    winter migrant; few
                                                                                                                                    sightings, mainly
                                                                                                                                    fall and winter;
                                                                                                                                    considered rare.
Fin whale (Balaenoptera physalus...  Hawaii................  Y; Y..................  58 (1.12; 27; 2010)..  0.1..................  Seasonal, mainly fall
                                                                                                                                    and winter;
                                                                                                                                    considered rare.
Sei whale (Balaenoptera borealis)..  Hawaii................  Y; Y..................  178 (0.90; 93; 2010).  0.2..................  Rare; limited
                                                                                                                                    sightings of
                                                                                                                                    seasonal migrants
                                                                                                                                    that feed at higher
                                                                                                                                    latitudes.
Bryde's whale (Balaenoptera brydei/  Hawaii................  -; N..................  798 (0.28; 633; 2010)  6.3..................  Uncommon; distributed
 edeni).                                                                                                                            throughout the
                                                                                                                                    Hawaiian Exclusive
                                                                                                                                    Economic Zone.
Minke whale (Balaenoptera            Hawaii................  -; N..................  n/a (n/a; n/a; 2010).  Undet................  Regular but seasonal
 acutorostrata).                                                                                                                    (October-April).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Family: Physeteridae
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sperm whale (Physeter                Hawaii................  Y; Y..................  3,354 (0.34; 2,539;    10.2.................  Widely distributed
 macrocephalus).                                                                      2010).                                        year round; more
                                                                                                                                    likely in waters >
                                                                                                                                    1,000 m depth, most
                                                                                                                                    often > 2,000 m.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Family: Kogiidae
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pygmy sperm whale (Kogia breviceps)  Hawaii................  -; N..................  n/a (n/a; n/a; 2010).  Undet................  Widely distributed
                                                                                                                                    year round; more
                                                                                                                                    likely in waters >
                                                                                                                                    1,000 m depth.
Dwarf sperm whale (Kogia sima).....  Hawaii................  -; N..................  n/a (n/a; n/a; 2010).  Undet................  Widely distributed
                                                                                                                                    year round; more
                                                                                                                                    likely in waters >
                                                                                                                                    500 m depth.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Family: Delphinidae
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Killer whale (Orcinus orca)........  Hawaii................  -; N..................  101 (1.00; 50; 2010).  1....................  Uncommon; infrequent
                                                                                                                                    sightings.
False killer whale (Pseudorca        Hawaii Pelagic........  -; N..................  1,540 (0.66; 928;      9.3..................  Regular.
 crassidens).                                                                         2010).
                                     NWHI Stock............  -; N..................  617 (1.11; 290; 2010)  2.3..................  Regular.
Pygmy killer whale (Feresa           Hawaii................  -; N..................  3,433 (0.52; 2,274;    23...................  Year-round resident.
 attenuata).                                                                          2010).
Short-finned pilot whale             Hawaii................  -; N..................  12,422 (0.43; 8,872;   70...................  Commonly observed
 (Globicephala macrorhynchus).                                                        2010).                                        around Main Hawaiian
                                                                                                                                    Islands and
                                                                                                                                    Northwestern
                                                                                                                                    Hawaiian Islands.
Melon headed whale (Peponocephala    Hawaii Islands stock..  -; N..................  5,794 (0.20; 4,904;    4....................  Regular.
 electra).                                                                            2010).

[[Page 21162]]

 
Bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops         Hawaii pelagic........  -; N..................  5,950 (0.59; 3,755;    38...................  Common in deep
 truncatus).                                                                          2010).                                        offshore waters.
Pantropical spotted dolphin          Hawaii pelagic........  -; N..................  15,917 (0.40; 11,508;  115..................  Common; primary
 (Stenella attenuata).                                                                2010).                                        occurrence between
                                                                                                                                    100 and 4,000 m
                                                                                                                                    depth.
Striped dolphin (Stenella            Hawaii................  -; N..................  20,650 (0.36; 15,391;  154..................  Occurs regularly year
 coeruleoala).                                                                        2010).                                        round but infrequent
                                                                                                                                    sighting during
                                                                                                                                    survey.
Spinner dolphin (Stenella            Hawaii pelagic........  -; N..................  n/a (n/a; n/a; 2010).  Undet................  Common year-round in
 longirostris).                                                                                                                     offshore waters.
Rough-toothed dolphins (Steno        Hawaii stock..........  -; N..................  6,288 (0.39; 4,581;    46...................  Common throughout the
 bredanensis).                                                                        2010).                                        Main Hawaiian
                                                                                                                                    Islands and Hawaiian
                                                                                                                                    Islands EEZ.
Fraser's dolphin (Lagenodelphis      Hawaii................  -; N..................  16,992 (0.66; 10,241;  102..................  Tropical species only
 hosei).                                                                              2010).                                        recently documented
                                                                                                                                    within Hawaiian
                                                                                                                                    Islands EEZ (2002
                                                                                                                                    survey).
Risso's dolphin (Grampus griseus)..  Hawaii................  -; N..................  7,256 (0.41; 5,207;    42...................  Previously considered
                                                                                      2010).                                        rare but multiple
                                                                                                                                    sightings in
                                                                                                                                    Hawaiian Islands EEZ
                                                                                                                                    during various
                                                                                                                                    surveys conducted
                                                                                                                                    from 2002-2012.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Family: Ziphiidae
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cuvier's beaked whale (Ziphius       Hawaii................  -; N..................  1,941 (n/a; 1,142;     11.4.................  Year-round occurrence
 cavirostris).                                                                        2010).                                        but difficult to
                                                                                                                                    detect due to diving
                                                                                                                                    behavior.
Blainville's beaked whale            Hawaii................  -; N..................  2,338 (1.13; 1,088;    11...................  Year-round occurrence
 (Mesoplodon densirostris).                                                           2010).                                        but difficult to
                                                                                                                                    detect due to diving
                                                                                                                                    behavior.
Longman's beaked whale (Indopacetus  Hawaii................  -; N..................  4,571 (0.65; 2,773;    28...................  Considered rare;
 pacificus).                                                                          2010).                                        however, multiple
                                                                                                                                    sightings during
                                                                                                                                    2010 survey.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Order--Carnivora--Superfamily Pinnipedia (seals, sea lions)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Family: Phocidae
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hawaiian monk seal (Neomonachus      Hawaii................  Y; Y..................  1,112 (n/a; 1,088;     Undet................  Predominantly occur
 schauinslandi).                                                                      2013).                                        at Northwestern
                                                                                                                                    Hawaiian Islands;
                                                                                                                                    approximately 138
                                                                                                                                    individuals in Main
                                                                                                                                    Hawaiian Islands.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Endangered Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed
  under the ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality
  exceeds PBR (see footnote 3) or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species
  or stock listed under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
\2\ CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of stock abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable. For certain stocks, abundance
  estimates are actual counts of animals and there is no associated CV. The most recent abundance survey that is reflected in the abundance estimate is
  presented; there may be more recent surveys that have not yet been incorporated into the estimate. All values presented here are from the 2015 Pacific
  SARs, except humpback whales--see comment 4.
\3\ Potential biological removal (PBR), defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be removed
  from a marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population size (OSP).
\4\ Values for humpback whales are from the 2015 Alaska SAR.

    Of these 25 species, 5 are listed as endangered under the 
Endangered Species Act (ESA) and as depleted throughout their range 
under the MMPA. These are: Blue whale, fin whale, sei whale, sperm 
whale, and the Hawaiian monk seal. Only one of these species, the sei 
whale, may be impacted by 86 FWS's activities.
    Of the 25 species that may occur in Hawaiian waters, only certain 
stocks occur in the impact area during the season in which LRS WSEP 
activities may occur. Sixteen species are

[[Page 21163]]

considered likely to be in the impact area during the five days of 
project activities. Although sperm whales are frequently detected in 
this area and have even been satellite-tagged with presence in this 
area of the PMRF (Baird 2016), because of the low density of this 
species and the short duration of mission activities, take was not 
requested for this species. Similarly, large baleen whales like the fin 
and blue whales occur in this area in all or most months of the year; 
however, their densities during the time of the 86 FWS's activities are 
very low (or 0) that the probability they will be impacted by the 
mission activities during the 4 hours per day on the 5 days over the 
course of the year is minimal, and no take was modeled or requested for 
these species.
    We have reviewed 86 FWS's species descriptions, including life 
history information, distribution, regional distribution, diving 
behavior, and acoustics and hearing, for accuracy and completeness. We 
refer the reader to Sections 3 and 4 of 86 FWS's application and to 
Chapter 3 in 86 FWS's EA, rather than reprinting the information here.
    Below, for those 16 species that are likely to be taken by the 
activities described, we offer a brief introduction to the species and 
relevant stock as well as available information regarding population 
trends and threats, and describe any information regarding local 
occurrence.

Humpback Whale

    Humpback whales are found worldwide in all ocean basins. In winter, 
most humpback whales occur in the subtropical and tropical waters of 
the Northern and Southern Hemispheres (Muto et al., 2015). These 
wintering grounds are used for mating, giving birth, and nursing new 
calves. Humpback whales migrate nearly 3,000 mi (4,830 km) from their 
winter breeding grounds to their summer foraging grounds in Alaska.
    There are five stocks of humpback whales, one of which occurs in 
Hawaii: The Central North Pacific Stock, which consists of winter/
spring populations in the Hawaiian Islands, which migrate primarily to 
northern British Columbia/Southeast Alaska, the Gulf of Alaska, and the 
Bering Sea/Aleutian Islands (Muto et al., 2015). The current abundance 
estimate for the Central North Pacific stock is 10,103 animals, with 
potential biological removal (PBR) at 83 animals, and this stock is 
considered a strategic stock (Muto et al., 2015). Humpback whales occur 
seasonally in Hawaii, with peak sightings between December and May each 
year; however, sightings have occurred in other months in very low 
numbers. Most humpback whales congregate off the island of Maui in the 
shallow protected waters, but can be seen off all of the islands, 
including the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands (Baird 2016).
    Humpback whales were listed as endangered under the Endangered 
Species Conservation Act (ESCA) in June 1970. In 1973, the ESA replaced 
the ESCA, and humpbacks continued to be listed as endangered. NMFS 
recently evaluated the status of the species, and on September 8, 2016, 
NMFS divided the species into 14 distinct population segments (DPS), 
removed the current species-level listing, and in its place listed four 
DPSs as endangered and one DPS as threatened (81 FR 62259, September 8, 
2016). The remaining nine DPSs were not listed. There is one DPS that 
occurs in the action area: The Hawaii DPS, which is not listed under 
the ESA (81 FR 62259). Because this rule resulted in the designation of 
DPSs in the North Pacific, a parallel revision of MMPA population 
structure in the North Pacific is currently being considered.

Sei Whale

    Sei whales occur seasonally in Hawaii in the winter and spring 
months and feed in higher latitude feeding grounds in the summer and 
fall (Carretta et al., 2014). Sightings of this species are rare in 
Hawaii. This species stays offshore of the islands in deeper waters 
(Baird 2016). Average group size for this species is 3.1 animals 
(Bradford et al., 2017).
    The abundance estimate for this stock from a 2010 survey is 178 
animals (Carretta et al., 2014). More recent estimates, based on the 
2010 survey pooled with sightings collected during previous NMFS 
surveys of the eastern Pacific, estimate the Hawaii stock of sei whales 
to be 391 individuals (Bradford et al., 2017). PBR is currently 0.2 sei 
whales per year (Carretta et al., 2014). The main threats to this stock 
are fisheries interactions and increasing levels of anthropogenic sound 
in the ocean (Carretta et al., 2014). This stock is listed as 
endangered under the ESA, and is considered a depleted and strategic 
stock under the MMPA.

Minke Whale

    Minke whales occur seasonally in Hawaii (Carretta et al., 2014). 
Sightings of this species are rare; however, acoustic detection of 
their ``boing'' sounds are common. An acoustic study from 2007-2008 at 
a location 100 km north of the island of Oahu detected boings 
throughout the winter and spring months from October until May, with a 
peak in March (Baird 2016).
    The current abundance estimate for this stock is unknown and, 
therefore, PBR is also unknown (Carretta et al., 2014). There is 
insufficient data to determine trends in the population. The main 
threat to this stock is the increasing level of anthropogenic sound in 
the ocean (Carretta et al., 2014). This stock is not listed as 
endangered or threatened under the ESA and is not considered strategic 
or designated as depleted under the MMPA (Carretta et al., 2014).

Pygmy Sperm Whale

    Pygmy sperm whales are found in tropical and warm-temperate waters 
throughout the world (Ross and Leatherwood 1994). This species prefers 
deeper waters with observations of this species in greater than 4,000 m 
depth (Baird et al., 2013); and, based on stomach contents from 
stranded individuals, pygmy sperm whales forage between 600 and 1,200 m 
depth (Baird 2016). Sightings are rare of this species, but 
observations include lone individuals or pairs, with an average group 
size of 1.5 individuals (Baird 2016).
    There is a single stock of Pygmy sperm whales in Hawaii. Current 
abundance estimates for this stock are unknown. A 2002 survey in Hawaii 
estimated 7,138 animals; however, this data is outdated and is no 
longer used. PBR cannot be calculated due to insufficient data. 
(Carretta et al., 2014). The main threats to this species are fisheries 
interactions and effects from underwater sounds such as active sonar 
(Carretta et al., 2014). This stock is not listed as endangered or 
threatened under the ESA and is not considered strategic or designated 
as depleted under the MMPA (Carretta et al., 2014).

Dwarf Sperm Whale

    Dwarf sperm whales are found throughout the world in tropical to 
warm-temperate waters (Carretta et al., 2014). They are usually found 
in waters deeper than 500 m, most often sighted in depths between 500 
and 1,000 m, but they have been documented in depths as shallow as 106 
m and as deep as 4,700 m (Baird 2016). This species is often alone or 
in small groups of up to two to four individuals (average group size of 
2.7 individuals), with a maximum observed group size of eight 
individuals (Baird 2016). When there are more than two animals 
together, they are often loosely associated, with up to several hundred 
meters between pairs of individuals (Baird 2016).

[[Page 21164]]

    There is one stock of dwarf sperm whales in Hawaii. Sighting data 
suggests a small resident population off Hawaii Island (Baird 2016). 
There are no current abundance estimates for this stock. In 2002, a 
survey off Hawaii estimated the abundance at 17,159; however, this data 
is outdated and is no longer used. PBR cannot be calculated due to 
insufficient data. It has been suggested that this species is probably 
one of the more abundant species of cetaceans in Hawaiian waters (Baird 
2016). One of their main threats is interactions with fisheries; 
however, dwarf sperm whales are also sensitive to high-intensity 
underwater sounds and navy sonar testing. This stock is not listed as 
endangered under the ESA and is not considered strategic or designated 
as depleted under the MMPA (Carretta et al., 2014).

Pygmy Killer Whale

    Pygmy killer whales are found in tropical and subtropical waters. 
The Hawaii stock occurs year round in Hawaii and has a small resident 
population within the main Hawaiian islands (Carretta et al., 2014). 
This resident group stays within 20 km of shore (Carretta et al., 2014) 
in water depths between 500 and 3,500 m (Baird 2016), while other 
populations may move farther offshore. The resident population is less 
common off the islands of Kauai and Niihau (Baird 2016). This stock 
forms stable social groups, with group sizes ranging from 2 to 33 
individuals, and with average group sizes of 9 individuals (Baird 
2016). Other research suggests a larger average group size of 25.7 
animals (Bradford et al., 2017), but most of these sightings were 
farther offshore in pelagic waters.
    The most recent abundance estimate for this group in the SAR is 
3,433 animals with PBR at 23 animals (Carretta et al., 2014). More 
recently, the abundance estimate for this stock, based on a 2010 survey 
pooled with sightings collected during previous NMFS surveys of the 
eastern Pacific, is 10,640 animals (Bradford et al., 2017). The main 
threats for this stock include fisheries interactions and increases in 
underwater sound in the ocean (Carretta et al., 2014). This stock is 
not listed as endangered or threatened under the ESA and is not 
considered a depleted or strategic stock under the MMPA (Carretta et 
al., 2014).

Short-Finned Pilot Whale

    Short-finned pilot whales are found primarily in tropical and warm-
temperate waters (Carretta et al., 2014). This species prefers deeper 
waters, ranging from 324 m to 4,400 m, with most sightings between 500 
m and 3,000 m (Baird 2016). There are multiple resident populations in 
Hawaii, with small home ranges around one or two islands, as well as a 
pelagic population (Baird 2016). This stock forms stable social groups, 
with average group size of 18 individuals, but may form large 
aggregations of close to 200 individuals (Baird 2016). Other research 
suggests a larger average group size of 40.9 individuals (Bradford et 
al., 2017), but most of these sightings were farther offshore in 
pelagic waters.
    The most recent abundance estimate for this group in the SAR is 
12,422 animals with PBR at 70 animals (Carretta et al., 2014). More 
recently, the abundance estimate for this stock, based on a 2010 survey 
pooled with sightings collected during previous NMFS surveys of the 
eastern Pacific, is 19,503 animals (Bradford et al., 2017). The main 
threat to this stock is interactions with fisheries (Carretta et al., 
2014). This stock is not listed as endangered or threatened under the 
ESA and is not considered a depleted or strategic stock under the MMPA 
(Carretta et al., 2014).

Melon-Headed Whale

    Melon-headed whales are found in tropical and warm-temperate waters 
(Carretta et al., 2014). There are two demographically-independent 
populations in Hawaii, the Hawaiian Islands stock and the Kohala 
resident stock (Carretta et al., 2014). The resident stock have a small 
range restricted to the shallow waters around Hawaii Island, whereas 
the Hawaiian Islands stock are found all throughout the islands and out 
into the pelagic areas (Carretta et al., 2014). Only the latter stock 
may be affected by 86 FWS's activities. This stock prefers waters 
deeper than 1,000 m (Baird 2016). This species forms large groups, with 
average group size of almost 250 individuals, with the largest group 
documented at close to 800 individuals (Baird 2016). Other research 
suggests a smaller average group size of 153 individuals (Bradford et 
al., 2017).
    The most recent abundance estimate for this stock in the SAR is 
2,860 animals with PBR at 49 animals (Carretta et al., 2014). More 
recently, the abundance estimate for this stock, based on a 2010 survey 
pooled with sightings collected during previous NMFS surveys of the 
eastern Pacific, is 8,666 individuals (Bradford et al., 2017). The main 
threat to this species is human induced, most likely through fisheries 
interactions (Carretta et al., 2014) and mid-frequency sonar testing 
(Baird 2016). This stock is not listed as endangered or threatened 
under the ESA and is not considered a depleted or strategic stock under 
the MMPA (Carretta et al., 2014).

Bottlenose Dolphin

    Bottlenose dolphins are found in tropical to warm-temperate waters 
(Carretta et al., 2014). They are common throughout the Hawaiian 
Islands, with coastal and offshore forms, and with limited range 
movements between islands and offshore waters (Carretta et al., 2014). 
There are four resident populations: (1) Kauai/Niihau, (2) Oahu, (3) 
the 4-island region, and (4) Hawaii; as well as one pelagic stock, 
which is separated by the 1,000 m isobaths (Carretta et al., 2014). 
Only the pelagic population is considered here. Average group size of 
bottlenose dolphins is 33.5 individuals (Bradford et al., 2017).
    The most recent abundance estimate for the pelagic stock in the SAR 
is 3,755 animals with PBR at 38 animals (Carretta et al., 2014). More 
recently, the abundance estimate for all of the stocks in Hawaii, based 
on a 2010 survey pooled with sightings collected during previous NMFS 
surveys of the eastern Pacific, is 21,815 individuals (Bradford et al., 
2017); however, this may be an overestimate since most of the sightings 
were in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands (Baird 2016). This stock is 
not listed as endangered or threatened under the ESA and is not 
considered a depleted or strategic stock under the MMPA (Carretta et 
al., 2014).

Pantropical Spotted Dolphin

    Pantropical spotted dolphins are found in tropical and subtropical 
waters (Carretta et al., 2014). There are four stocks in Hawaii: (1) 
The Oahu stock, (2) the 4-Island stock, (3) the Hawaii Island stock, 
and (4) the Hawaii pelagic stock. Only the pelagic stock is considered 
here. This species prefers deeper waters between 1,500 m and 3,000 m 
(Baird 2016). This species forms large groups with average group size 
of 60 individuals, with the largest group estimated at 400 individuals 
(Baird 2016). Other research suggests a smaller average group size of 
43.2 individuals (Bradford et al., 2017).
    The most recent abundance estimate for the pelagic stock in the SAR 
is 15,917 animals with PBR at 115 animals (Carretta et al., 2014). More 
recently, the abundance estimate for all of the stocks in Hawaii, based 
on a 2010 survey pooled with sightings collected during previous NMFS 
surveys of the eastern Pacific, is 55,795 individuals (Bradford et al., 
2017). The main threat to this species is interactions with fisheries 
(Baird 2016). This stock is not listed as endangered or threatened 
under the

[[Page 21165]]

ESA and is not considered a depleted or strategic stock under the MMPA 
(Carretta et al., 2014).

Striped Dolphin

    Striped dolphins are found in tropical to warm-temperate waters 
(Carretta et al., 2014). There is one stock of striped dolphins in 
Hawaii. This is a deep water species, preferring depths greater than 
3,500 m (Baird 2016). This species forms large groups, with an average 
group size of 28 individuals, and a maximum group size of 100 
individuals (Baird 2016). Other research suggests a larger average 
group size of 52.6 individuals (Bradford et al., 2017).
    The most recent abundance estimate for the pelagic stock in the SAR 
is 20,651 animals with PBR at 154 animals (Carretta et al., 2014). More 
recently, the abundance estimate for all of the stocks in Hawaii, based 
on a 2010 survey pooled with sightings collected during previous NMFS 
surveys of the eastern Pacific, is 61,201 individuals (Bradford et al., 
2017). The main threat to this species is disease (Carretta et al., 
2014). This stock is not listed as endangered or threatened under the 
ESA and is not considered a depleted or strategic stock under the MMPA 
(Carretta et al., 2014).

Spinner Dolphin

    Spinner dolphins are found in tropical and warm-temperate waters 
(Carretta et al., 2014). There are six stocks in the main Hawaiian 
islands: (1) Kauai/Niihau stock, (2) Oahu and the 4-Islands region, (3) 
Hawaii island stock, (4) Pearl & Hermes Reef, (5) Kure/Midway, and (6) 
pelagic stock. The boundary between the island-associated stocks and 
the pelagic stock is 10 nmi from shore (Carretta et al., 2014). Only 
the pelagic stock is considered here. The offshore stock is rarely 
sighted (Baird 2016), and most of the deep water activity is at night 
when they feed. The average group size for this species is 30 
individuals with larger groups of nearly 300 animals observed (Baird 
2016).
    The most recent abundance estimate for the pelagic stock in the SAR 
is 3,351 animals from a 2002 survey, which is outdated (Carretta et 
al., 2014). The main threat to this species is the constant 
interactions with humans during the day-time when they are resting 
(Carretta et al., 2014; Baird 2016). This stock is not listed as 
endangered or threatened under the ESA and is not considered a depleted 
or strategic stock under the MMPA (Carretta et al., 2014).

Rough-Toothed Dolphin

    Rough-toothed dolphins are found in tropical and warm-temperate 
waters (Carretta et al., 2014). While there is evidence for two island-
associated stocks and one pelagic stock in Hawaii, there is only one 
stock designated for Hawaii (Carretta et al., 2014). Most sightings of 
this species off Kauai are in water depths of less than 1,000 m; 
however, it is the most often sighted species in depths greater than 
3,000 m (Baird 2016). This species forms stable associations as part of 
larger groups, with average group sizes of 11 animals and maximum group 
sizes, observed off Kauai, of 140 individuals (Baird 2016). Other 
research suggests a larger average group size of 25.3 individuals 
(Bradford et al., 2017).
    The most recent abundance estimate for the pelagic stock in the SAR 
is 6,288 animals with PBR at 46 animals (Carretta et al., 2014). More 
recently, the abundance estimate for all of the stocks in Hawaii, based 
on a 2010 survey pooled with sightings collected during previous NMFS 
surveys of the eastern Pacific, is 72,528 individuals (Bradford et al., 
2017). The main threat to this species is interactions with fisheries 
(Carretta et al., 2014). This stock is not listed as endangered or 
threatened under the ESA and is not considered a depleted or strategic 
stock under the MMPA (Carretta et al., 2014).

Fraser's Dolphin

    Fraser's dolphin are found in tropical waters (Carretta et al., 
2011). This is a deep water species occurring offshore of the Hawaiian 
islands, with sightings occurring in water depths between 1,515 m and 
4,600 m (Baird 2016). This species forms large groups with average 
group sizes between 75 and 110 individuals (Baird 2016). Other research 
suggests a larger average group size of 283.3 individuals (Bradford et 
al., 2017).
    The most recent abundance estimate for the pelagic stock in the SAR 
is 10,226 animals with PBR at 47 animals (Carretta et al., 2011). More 
recently, the abundance estimate for all of the stocks in Hawaii, based 
on a 2010 survey pooled with sightings collected during previous NMFS 
surveys of the eastern Pacific, is 51,491 individuals (Bradford et al., 
2017). This stock is not listed as endangered or threatened under the 
ESA and is not considered a depleted or strategic stock under the MMPA 
(Carretta et al., 2011).

Risso's Dolphin

    Risso's dolphins are found in tropical to warm-temperate waters 
(Carretta et al., 2014). This is a deep water species, often found in 
depths greater than 3,000 m, and with the highest sighting rate in 
depths greater than 4,500 m (Baird 2016). This species forms small 
groups, with an average group size of 4 individuals, and a maximum 
group size of 25 individuals off the coast of Hawaii (Baird 2016). 
Other research, which was conducted offshore, suggests a larger average 
group size of 26.6 individuals (Bradford et al., 2017), which may be 
more representative of this species since they occur more often 
offshore in deeper waters.
    The most recent abundance estimate for the pelagic stock in the SAR 
is 7,256 animals with PBR at 42 animals (Carretta et al., 2014). More 
recently, the abundance estimate for all of the stocks in Hawaii, based 
on a 2010 survey pooled with sightings collected during previous NMFS 
surveys of the eastern Pacific, is 11,613 individuals (Bradford et al., 
2017). The main threat to this species is interactions with fisheries 
(Carretta et al., 2014). This stock is not listed as endangered or 
threatened under the ESA and is not considered a depleted or strategic 
stock under the MMPA (Carretta et al., 2014).

Longman's Beaked Whale

    Longman's beaked whales are found in tropical waters from the 
eastern Pacific westward through the Indian Ocean to the eastern coast 
of Africa (Carretta et al., 2014). There is one stock in Hawaii. Group 
sizes range from 18 to 110 individuals (Baird 2016), with an average 
group size of 59.8 individuals (Bradford et al., 2017).
    The most recent abundance estimate for the pelagic stock in the SAR 
is 4,571 animals with PBR at 28 animals (Carretta et al., 2014). More 
recently, the abundance estimate for all of the stocks in Hawaii, based 
on a 2010 survey pooled with sightings collected during previous NMFS 
surveys of the eastern Pacific, is 7,619 individuals (Bradford et al., 
2017). The main threats to this species are interactions with fisheries 
and increasing sounds in the ocean, including military sonar (Carretta 
et al., 2014). This stock is not listed as endangered or threatened 
under the ESA and is not considered a depleted or strategic stock under 
the MMPA (Carretta et al., 2014).

Potential Effects of the Specified Activity on Marine Mammals and Their 
Habitat

    This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that 
components (e.g., munition strikes and detonation effects) of the 
specified activity, including mitigation, may impact marine mammals and 
their habitat. The Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment section 
later in this document will include a quantitative analysis of the 
number of individuals

[[Page 21166]]

that we expect 86 FWS to take during this activity. The Negligible 
Impact Analysis section will include the analysis of how this specific 
activity would impact marine mammals, and will consider the content of 
this section, the Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment section, and 
the Proposed Mitigation section to draw conclusions regarding the 
likely impacts of these activities on the reproductive success or 
survivorship of individuals, and from that on the affected marine 
mammal populations or stocks. In the following discussion, we provide 
general background information on sound and marine mammal hearing 
before considering potential effects on marine mammals from sound 
produced by surface detonations.

Description of Sound Sources and WSEP Sound Types

    Sound travels in waves, the basic components of which are 
frequency, wavelength, velocity, and amplitude. Frequency is the number 
of pressure waves that pass by a reference point per unit of time and 
is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per second. Wavelength is the 
distance between two peaks of a sound wave. Amplitude is the height of 
the sound pressure wave or the ``loudness'' of a sound, and is 
typically measured using the decibel (dB) scale. A dB is the ratio 
between a measured pressure (with sound) and a reference pressure 
(sound at a constant pressure, established by scientific standards). It 
is a logarithmic unit that accounts for large variations in amplitude; 
therefore, relatively small changes in dB ratings correspond to large 
changes in sound pressure. When referring to sound pressure levels 
(SPLs; the sound force per unit area), sound is referenced in the 
context of underwater sound pressure to 1 microPascal ([mu]Pa). One 
pascal is the pressure resulting from a force of one newton exerted 
over an area of one square meter. The source level (SL) represents the 
sound level at a distance of 1 m from the source (referenced to 1 
[mu]Pa). The received level is the sound level at the listener's 
position. Note that we reference all underwater sound levels in this 
document to a pressure of 1 [mu]Pa, and all airborne sound levels in 
this document are referenced to a pressure of 20 [mu]Pa.
    Root mean square (rms) is the quadratic mean sound pressure over 
the duration of an impulse. Rms is calculated by squaring all of the 
sound amplitudes, averaging the squares, and then taking the square 
root of the average (Urick 1983). Rms accounts for both positive and 
negative values; squaring the pressures makes all values positive so 
that one can account for the values in the summation of pressure levels 
(Hastings and Popper, 2005). This measurement is often used in the 
context of discussing behavioral effects, in part because behavioral 
effects, which often result from auditory cues, may be better expressed 
through averaged units than by peak pressures.
    When underwater objects vibrate or activity occurs, sound-pressure 
waves are created. These waves alternately compress and decompress the 
water as the sound wave travels. Underwater sound waves radiate in all 
directions away from the source (similar to ripples on the surface of a 
pond), except in cases where the source is directional. The 
compressions and decompressions associated with sound waves are 
detected as changes in pressure by aquatic life and man-made sound 
receptors such as hydrophones.
    Even in the absence of sound from the specified activity, the 
underwater environment is typically loud due to ambient sound. Ambient 
sound is defined as environmental background sound levels lacking a 
single source or point (Richardson et al., 1995), and the sound level 
of a region is defined by the total acoustical energy being generated 
by known and unknown sources. These sources may include physical (e.g., 
waves, earthquakes, ice, and atmospheric sound), biological (e.g., 
sounds produced by marine mammals, fish, and invertebrates), and 
anthropogenic sound (e.g., vessels, dredging, aircraft, and 
construction). A number of sources contribute to ambient sound, 
including the following (Richardson et al., 1995):
     Wind and waves: The complex interactions between wind and 
water surface, including processes such as breaking waves and wave-
induced bubble oscillations and cavitation, are a main source of 
naturally occurring ambient noise for frequencies between 200 Hz and 50 
kHz (Mitson 1995). In general, ambient sound levels tend to increase 
with increasing wind speed and wave height. Surf noise becomes 
important near shore, with measurements collected at a distance of 8.5 
km from shore showing an increase of 10 dB in the 100 to 700 Hz band 
during heavy surf conditions.
     Precipitation: Sound from rain and hail impacting the 
water surface can become an important component of total noise at 
frequencies above 500 Hz, and possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet 
times.
     Biological: Marine mammals can contribute significantly to 
ambient noise levels, as can some fish and shrimp. The frequency band 
for biological contributions is from approximately 12 Hz to over 100 
kHz.
     Anthropogenic: Sources of ambient noise related to human 
activity include transportation (surface vessels and aircraft), 
dredging and construction, oil and gas drilling and production, seismic 
surveys, sonar, explosions, and ocean acoustic studies. Shipping noise 
typically dominates the total ambient noise for frequencies between 20 
and 300 Hz. In general, the frequencies of anthropogenic sounds are 
below 1 kHz; and, if higher frequency sound levels are created, they 
attenuate rapidly (Richardson et al., 1995). Sound from identifiable 
anthropogenic sources other than the activity of interest (e.g., a 
passing vessel) is sometimes termed background sound as opposed to 
ambient sound.
    The sum of the various natural and anthropogenic sound sources at 
any given location and time--which comprise ``ambient'' or 
``background'' sound--depends not only on the source levels (as 
determined by current weather conditions and levels of biological and 
shipping activity) but also on the ability of sound to propagate 
through the environment. In turn, sound propagation is dependent on the 
spatially and temporally varying properties of the water column and sea 
floor and is frequency-dependent. As a result of the dependence on a 
large number of varying factors, ambient sound levels can be expected 
to vary widely over both coarse and fine spatial and temporal scales. 
Sound levels at a given frequency and location can vary by 10-20 dB 
from day to day (Richardson et al., 1995). The result is that, 
depending on the source type and its intensity, sound from the 
specified activity may be a negligible addition to the local 
environment or could form a distinctive signal that may affect marine 
mammals.
    The sounds produced by the proposed WSEP activities are considered 
impulsive, which is one of two general sound types, the other being 
non-pulsed. The distinction between these two sound types is important 
because they have differing potential to cause physical effects, 
particularly with regard to hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in Southall et 
al., 2007). Please see Southall et al. (2007) for an in-depth 
discussion of these concepts.
    Impulsive sound sources (e.g., explosions, gunshots, sonic booms, 
and impact pile driving) produce signals that are brief (typically 
considered to be less than one second), broadband, atonal transients 
(ANSI 1986; Harris, 1998; NIOSH 1998; ISO 2003), and occur either as 
isolated events or repeated in

[[Page 21167]]

some succession. These sounds have a relatively rapid rise from ambient 
pressure to a maximal pressure value followed by a rapid decay period 
that may include a period of diminishing, oscillating maximal and 
minimal pressures, and generally have an increased capacity to induce 
physical injury as compared with sounds that lack these features.

Marine Mammal Hearing

    When considering the influence of various kinds of sound on the 
marine environment, it is necessary to understand that different kinds 
of marine life are sensitive to different frequencies of sound. Current 
data indicate that not all marine mammal species have equal hearing 
capabilities (Richardson et al., 1995; Southall et al., 1997; Wartzok 
and Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008).
    Animals are less sensitive to sounds at the outer edges of their 
functional hearing range and are more sensitive to a range of 
frequencies within the middle of their functional hearing range. For 
mid-frequency cetaceans, functional hearing estimates occur between 
approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz, with best hearing estimated to occur 
between approximately 10 to less than 100 kHz (Finneran et al., 2005 
and 2009, Natchtigall et al., 2005 and 2008; Yuen et al., 2005; Popov 
et al., 2010 and 2011; and Schlundt et al., 2011).
    On August 4, 2016, NMFS released its Technical Guidance for 
Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing 
(81 FR 51694). This new guidance established new thresholds for 
predicting onset of temporary (TTS) and permanent threshold shifts 
(PTS) for impulsive (e.g., explosives and impact pile drivers) and non-
impulsive (e.g., vibratory pile drivers) sound sources. These acoustic 
thresholds are presented using dual metrics of cumulative sound 
exposure level (SELcum) and peak sound level (PK) for impulsive sounds 
and SELcum for non-impulsive sounds. The lower and/or upper frequencies 
for some of these functional hearing groups have been modified from 
those designated by Southall et al. (2007), and the revised generalized 
hearing ranges are presented in the new Guidance. The functional 
hearing groups and the associated frequencies are indicated in Table 3 
below.

   Table 3--Marine Mammal Hearing Groups and Their Generalized Hearing
                                  Range
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Hearing group                 Generalized hearing range *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-frequency (LF) cetaceans (baleen         7 Hz to 35 kHz.
 whales).
Mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans (dolphins,      150 Hz to 160 kHz.
 toothed whales, beaked whales, bottlenose
 whales).
High-frequency (HF) cetaceans (true          275 Hz to 160 kHz.
 porpoises, Kogia, river dolphins,
 cephalorhynchid, Lagenorhynchus cruciger
 and L. australis).
Phocid pinnipeds (PW) (underwater) (true     50 Hz to 86 kHz.
 seals).
Otariid pinnipeds (OW) (underwater) (sea     60 Hz to 39 kHz.
 lions and fur seals).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Represents the generalized hearing range for the entire group as a
  composite (i.e., all species within the group), where individual
  species' hearing ranges are typically not as broad. Generalized
  hearing range chosen based on ~65 dB threshold from normalized
  composite audiogram, with the exception for lower limits for LF
  cetaceans (Southall et al., 2007) and PW pinniped (approximation).

    There are sixteen marine mammal species with expected potential to 
co-occur with 86 FWS LRS WSEP military readiness activities. These 
species fall into the following hearing groups: (1) Low-frequency 
cetaceans (humpback whale (Megaptera novanglieae), sei whale 
(Balaenoptera borealis), and minke whale (Balaenoptera acutorostrata)); 
(2) mid-frequency cetaceans (Pygmy killer whale (Feresa attenuata), 
short-finned pilot whale (Globicephala macrorhynchus), melon-headed 
whale (Peponocephala electra), bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops truncatus), 
Pantropical spotted dolphin (Stenella attenuata), striped dolphin 
(Stenella coeruleoala), spinner dolphin (Stenella longirostris), rough-
toothed dolphin (Steno bredanensis), Fraser's dolphin (Lagenodelphis 
hosei), Risso's dolphin (Grampus griseus), and Longman's beaked whale 
(Indopacetus pacificus)); and (3) high-frequency cetaceans (Pygmy sperm 
whale (Kogia breviceps), and dwarf sperm whale (Kogia sima)). There are 
no phocid or otariid species that will be impacted by 86 FWS's 
activities. A species' functional hearing group is a consideration when 
we analyze the effects of exposure to sound on marine mammals.

Acoustic Impacts

    Please refer to the information given previously (Description of 
Sound Sources) regarding sound, characteristics of sound types, and 
metrics used in this document. Anthropogenic sounds cover a broad range 
of frequencies and sound levels and can have a range of highly variable 
impacts on marine life, from none or minor to potentially severe 
responses, depending on received levels, duration of exposure, 
behavioral context, and various other factors. The potential effects of 
underwater sound from active acoustic sources can potentially result in 
one or more of the following: Temporary or permanent hearing 
impairment; non-auditory physical or physiological effects; behavioral 
disturbance; stress; and masking (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon et 
al., 2004; Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et al., 2007; G[ouml]tz et 
al., 2009). The degree of effect is intrinsically related to the signal 
characteristics, received level, distance from the source, and duration 
of the sound exposure. In general, sudden, high level sounds can cause 
hearing loss, as can longer exposures to lower level sounds. Temporary 
or permanent loss of hearing will occur almost exclusively as a result 
of exposure to noise within an animal's hearing range. We first 
describe specific manifestations of acoustic effects before providing 
discussion specific to 86 FWS's activities.
    Richardson et al. (1995) described zones of increasing intensity of 
effect that might be expected to occur, in relation to distance from a 
source and assuming that the signal is within an animal's hearing 
range. First is the area within which the acoustic signal would be 
audible (potentially perceived) to the animal, but not strong enough to 
elicit any overt behavioral or physiological response. The next zone 
corresponds with the area where the signal is audible to the animal and 
of sufficient intensity to elicit behavioral or physiological 
responsiveness. Third is a zone within which, for signals of high 
intensity, the received level is sufficient to potentially cause 
discomfort or tissue damage to auditory or other systems. Overlaying 
these zones to a certain extent is the area within which masking (i.e., 
when a sound interferes with or masks the ability of an animal to 
detect a signal of interest that is above the absolute hearing 
threshold) may occur; the masking zone may be highly variable in size.

[[Page 21168]]

    We describe the more severe effects (i.e., certain non-auditory 
physical or physiological effects and mortality) only briefly as we do 
not expect that there is a reasonable likelihood that 86 FWS's 
activities may result in such effects (see below for further 
discussion). Marine mammals exposed to high-intensity sound, or to 
lower-intensity sound for prolonged periods, can experience hearing 
threshold shift (TS), which is the loss of hearing sensitivity at 
certain frequency ranges (Kastak et al., 1999; Schlundt et al., 2000; 
Finneran et al., 2002, 2005b). TS can be permanent (PTS), in which case 
the loss of hearing sensitivity is not fully recoverable, or temporary 
(TTS), in which case the animal's hearing threshold would recover over 
time (Southall et al., 2007). Repeated sound exposure that leads to TTS 
could cause PTS. In severe cases of PTS, there can be total or partial 
deafness, while in most cases the animal has an impaired ability to 
hear sounds in specific frequency ranges (Kryter 1985).
    When PTS occurs, there is physical damage to the sound receptors in 
the ear (i.e., tissue damage); whereas, TTS represents primarily tissue 
fatigue and is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In addition, other 
investigators have suggested that TTS is within the normal bounds of 
physiological variability and tolerance and does not represent physical 
injury (e.g., Ward 1997). Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS to 
constitute auditory injury.
    Relationships between TTS and PTS thresholds have not been studied 
in marine mammals--PTS data exists only for a single harbor seal 
(Kastak et al., 2008)--but are assumed to be similar to those in humans 
and other terrestrial mammals. PTS typically occurs at exposure levels 
at least several decibels above (a 40-dB threshold shift approximates 
PTS onset; e.g., Kryter et al., 1966; Miller, 1974) that inducing mild 
TTS (a 6-dB threshold shift approximates TTS onset; e.g., Southall et 
al., 2007). Based on data from terrestrial mammals, a precautionary 
assumption is that the PTS thresholds for impulse sounds (such as 
bombs) are at least 6 dB higher than the TTS threshold on a peak-
pressure basis and PTS cumulative sound exposure level thresholds are 
15 to 20 dB higher than TTS cumulative sound exposure level thresholds 
(Southall et al., 2007). Given the higher level of sound or longer 
exposure duration necessary to cause PTS as compared with TTS, it is 
considerably less likely that PTS could occur.
    Non-auditory physiological effects or injuries that theoretically 
might occur in marine mammals exposed to high level underwater sound or 
as a secondary effect of extreme behavioral reactions (e.g., change in 
dive profile as a result of an avoidance reaction) caused by exposure 
to sound include neurological effects, bubble formation, resonance 
effects, and other types of organ or tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006; 
Southall et al., 2007; Zimmer and Tyack, 2007). 86 FWS's activities 
involve the use of devices such as explosives that are associated with 
these types of effects; however, severe injury to marine mammals is not 
anticipated from these activities.
    When a live or dead marine mammal swims or floats onto shore and is 
incapable of returning to sea, the event is termed a ``stranding'' (16 
U.S.C. 1421h(3)). Marine mammals are known to strand for a variety of 
reasons, such as infectious agents, biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery 
interaction, ship strike, unusual oceanographic or weather events, 
sound exposure, or combinations of these stressors sustained 
concurrently or in series (e.g., Geraci et al., 1999). However, the 
cause or causes of most strandings are unknown (e.g., Best 1982). 
Combinations of dissimilar stressors may combine to kill an animal or 
dramatically reduce its fitness, even though one exposure without the 
other would not be expected to produce the same outcome (e.g., Sih et 
al., 2004). For further description of stranding events see, e.g., 
Southall et al., 2006; Jepson et al., 2013; Wright et al., 2013.
    1. Temporary threshold shift--TTS is the mildest form of hearing 
impairment that can occur during exposure to sound (Kryter 1985). While 
experiencing TTS, the hearing threshold rises, and a sound must be at a 
higher level in order to be heard. In terrestrial and marine mammals, 
TTS can last from minutes or hours to days (in cases of strong TTS). In 
many cases, hearing sensitivity recovers rapidly after exposure to the 
sound ends. Few data on sound levels and durations necessary to elicit 
mild TTS have been obtained for marine mammals, and none of the data 
published at the time of this writing concern TTS elicited by exposure 
to multiple pulses of sound.
    Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with 
conspecifics, and in interpretation of environmental cues for purposes 
such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree 
(elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and 
frequency range of TTS, and the context in which it is experienced, TTS 
can have effects on marine mammals ranging from discountable to 
serious. For example, a marine mammal may be able to readily compensate 
for a brief, relatively small amount of TTS in a non-critical frequency 
range that occurs during a time where ambient noise is lower and there 
are not as many competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger 
amount and longer duration of TTS sustained during time when 
communication is critical for successful mother/calf interactions could 
have more serious impacts.
    Currently, TTS data exist only for four species of cetaceans 
((bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale (Delphinapterus leucas), harbor 
porpoise (Phocoena phocoena), and Yangtze finless porpoise (Neophocoena 
asiaeorientalis)) and three species of pinnipeds (northern elephant 
seal (Mirounga angustirostris), harbor seal (Phoca vitulina), and 
California sea lion (Zalophus californianus)) exposed to a limited 
number of sound sources (i.e., mostly tones and octave-band noise) in 
laboratory settings (e.g., Finneran et al., 2002; Nachtigall et al., 
2004; Kastak et al., 2005; Lucke et al., 2009; Popov et al., 2011). In 
general, harbor seals (Kastak et al., 2005; Kastelein et al., 2012a) 
and harbor porpoises (Lucke et al., 2009; Kastelein et al., 2012b) have 
a lower TTS onset than other measured pinniped or cetacean species. 
Additionally, the existing marine mammal TTS data come from a limited 
number of individuals within these species. There are no data available 
on noise-induced hearing loss for mysticetes. For summaries of data on 
TTS in marine mammals or for further discussion of TTS onset 
thresholds, please see Southall et al. (2007) and Finneran and Jenkins 
(2012).
    2. Behavioral effects--Behavioral disturbance may include a variety 
of effects, including subtle changes in behavior (e.g., minor or brief 
avoidance of an area or changes in vocalizations), more conspicuous 
changes in similar behavioral activities, and more sustained and/or 
potentially severe reactions, such as displacement from or abandonment 
of high-quality habitat. Behavioral responses to sound are highly 
variable and context-specific and any reactions depend on numerous 
intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g., species, state of maturity, 
experience, current activity, reproductive state, auditory sensitivity, 
and time of day), as well as the interplay between factors (e.g., 
Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; 
Weilgart, 2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral reactions can vary not 
only among individuals but also within an individual, depending on 
previous experience with a sound source,

[[Page 21169]]

context, and numerous other factors (Ellison et al., 2012), and can 
vary depending on characteristics associated with the sound source 
(e.g., whether it is moving or stationary, number of sources, and 
distance from the source). Please see Appendices B-C of Southall et al. 
(2007) for a review of studies involving marine mammal behavioral 
responses to sound.
    Habituation can occur when an animal's response to a stimulus wanes 
with repeated exposure, usually in the absence of unpleasant associated 
events (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most likely to habituate to 
sounds that are predictable and unvarying. It is important to note that 
habituation is appropriately considered as a ``progressive reduction in 
response to stimuli that are perceived as neither aversive nor 
beneficial,'' rather than as, more generally, moderation in response to 
human disturbance (Bejder et al., 2009). The opposite process is 
sensitization, when an unpleasant experience leads to subsequent 
responses, often in the form of avoidance, at a lower level of 
exposure. As noted, behavioral state may affect the type of response. 
For example, animals that are resting may show greater behavioral 
change in response to disturbing sound levels than animals that are 
highly motivated to remain in an area for feeding (Richardson et al., 
1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003). Controlled experiments with 
captive marine mammals have shown pronounced behavioral reactions, 
including avoidance of loud sound sources (Ridgway et al., 1997; 
Finneran et al., 2003). Observed responses of wild marine mammals to 
loud pulsed sound sources (typically seismic airguns or acoustic 
harassment devices) have been varied, but often consist of avoidance 
behavior or other behavioral changes suggesting discomfort (Morton and 
Symonds, 2002; see also Richardson et al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007).
    Available studies show wide variation in response to underwater 
sound; therefore, it is difficult to predict specifically how any given 
sound in a particular instance might affect marine mammals perceiving 
the signal. If a marine mammal does react briefly to an underwater 
sound by changing its behavior or moving a small distance, the impacts 
of the change are unlikely to be significant to the individual, let 
alone to the stock or population. However, if a sound source displaces 
marine mammals from an important feeding or breeding area for a 
prolonged period, impacts on individuals and populations could be 
significant (e.g., Lusseau and Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC, 
2005). There are broad categories of potential response, which we 
describe in greater detail here, that include alteration of dive 
behavior, alteration of foraging behavior, effects to breathing, 
interference with or alteration of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
    Changes in dive behavior can vary widely and may consist of 
increased or decreased dive times and surface intervals as well as 
changes in the rates of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g., Frankel 
and Clark, 2000; Costa et al., 2003; Ng and Leung, 2003; Nowacek et 
al.; 2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a,b). Variations in dive behavior may 
reflect interruptions in biologically significant activities (e.g., 
foraging), or they may be of little biological significance. The impact 
of an alteration to dive behavior resulting from an acoustic exposure 
depends on what the animal is doing at the time of the exposure and the 
type and magnitude of the response.
    Disruption of feeding behavior can be difficult to correlate with 
anthropogenic sound exposure, so it is usually inferred by observed 
displacement from known foraging areas, the appearance of secondary 
indicators (e.g., bubble nets or sediment plumes), or changes in dive 
behavior. As for other types of behavioral response, the frequency, 
duration, and temporal pattern of signal presentation, as well as 
differences in species sensitivity, are likely contributing factors to 
differences in response in any given circumstance (e.g., Croll et al., 
2001; Nowacek et al.; 2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et al., 
2007). A determination of whether foraging disruptions incur fitness 
consequences would require information on or estimates of the energetic 
requirements of the affected individuals and the relationship between 
prey availability, foraging effort and success, and the life history 
stage of the animal.
    Variations in respiration naturally vary with different behaviors, 
and alterations to breathing rate as a function of acoustic exposure 
can be expected to co-occur with other behavioral reactions, such as a 
flight response or an alteration in diving. However, respiration rates 
in and of themselves may be representative of annoyance or an acute 
stress response. Various studies have shown that respiration rates may 
either be unaffected or could increase, depending on the species and 
signal characteristics, again highlighting the importance in 
understanding species differences in the tolerance of underwater noise 
when determining the potential for impacts resulting from anthropogenic 
sound exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001, 2005b, 2006; Gailey et 
al., 2007).
    Marine mammals vocalize for different purposes and across multiple 
modes, such as whistling, echolocation click production, calling, and 
singing. Changes in vocalization behavior in response to anthropogenic 
noise can occur for any of these modes and may result from a need to 
compete with an increase in background noise or may reflect increased 
vigilance or a startle response. For example, in the presence of 
potentially masking signals, humpback whales and killer whales have 
been observed to increase the length of their songs (Miller et al., 
2000; Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004), while right whales 
have been observed to shift the frequency content of their calls upward 
while reducing the rate of calling in areas of increased anthropogenic 
noise (Parks et al., 2007b). In some cases, animals may cease sound 
production during production of aversive signals (Bowles et al., 1994).
    Avoidance is the displacement of an individual from an area or 
migration path as a result of the presence of a sound or other 
stressors, and is one of the most obvious manifestations of disturbance 
in marine mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). For example, gray whales 
are known to change direction--deflecting from customary migratory 
paths--in order to avoid noise from seismic surveys (Malme et al., 
1984). Avoidance may be short-term, with animals returning to the area 
once the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al., 1994; Goold 1996; Stone 
et al., 2000; Morton and Symonds 2002; Gailey et al., 2007). Longer-
term displacement is possible, however, which may lead to changes in 
abundance or distribution patterns of the affected species in the 
affected region if habituation to the presence of the sound does not 
occur (e.g., Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al., 2006; Teilmann et 
al., 2006).
    A flight response is a dramatic change in normal movement to a 
directed and rapid movement away from the perceived location of a sound 
source. The flight response differs from other avoidance responses in 
the intensity of the response (e.g., directed movement, and rate of 
travel). Relatively little information on flight responses of marine 
mammals to anthropogenic signals exist, although observations of flight 
responses to the presence of predators have occurred (Connor and 
Heithaus 1996). The result of a flight response could range from brief, 
temporary exertion and displacement from the area where the signal 
provokes flight to, in extreme cases, marine

[[Page 21170]]

mammal strandings (Evans and England 2001). However, it should be noted 
that response to a perceived predator does not necessarily invoke 
flight (Ford and Reeves 2008), and whether individuals are solitary or 
in groups may influence the response.
    Behavioral disturbance can also impact marine mammals in subtler 
ways. Increased vigilance may result in costs related to diversion of 
focus and attention (i.e., when a response consists of increased 
vigilance, it may come at the cost of decreased attention to other 
critical behaviors such as foraging or resting). These effects have 
generally not been demonstrated for marine mammals, but studies 
involving fish and terrestrial animals have shown that increased 
vigilance may substantially reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp and 
Livoreil 1997; Fritz et al., 2002; Purser and Radford 2011). In 
addition, chronic disturbance can cause population declines through 
reduction of fitness (e.g., decline in body condition) and subsequent 
reduction in reproductive success, survival, or both (e.g., Harrington 
and Veitch, 1992; Daan et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998). However, 
Ridgway et al. (2006) reported that increased vigilance in bottlenose 
dolphins exposed to sound over a five-day period did not cause any 
sleep deprivation or stress effects.
    Many animals perform vital functions, such as feeding, resting, 
traveling, and socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour cycle). 
Disruptions of such functions resulting from reactions to stressors 
such as sound exposure are more likely to be significant if they last 
more than one diel cycle or recur on subsequent days (Southall et al., 
2007). Consequently, a behavioral response lasting less than one day 
and not recurring on subsequent days is not considered particularly 
severe unless it could directly affect reproduction or survival 
(Southall et al., 2007). Note that there is a difference between multi-
day substantive behavioral reactions and multi-day anthropogenic 
activities. For example, just because an activity lasts for multiple 
days does not necessarily mean that individual animals are either 
exposed to activity-related stressors for multiple days or, further, 
exposed in a manner resulting in sustained multi-day substantive 
behavioral responses.
    3. Stress responses--An animal's perception of a threat may be 
sufficient to trigger stress responses consisting of some combination 
of behavioral responses, autonomic nervous system responses, 
neuroendocrine responses, or immune responses (e.g., Seyle 1950; Moberg 
2000). In many cases, an animal's first and sometimes most economical 
(in terms of energetic costs) response is behavioral avoidance of the 
potential stressor. Autonomic nervous system responses to stress 
typically involve changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and 
gastrointestinal activity. These responses have a relatively short 
duration and may or may not have a significant long-term effect on an 
animal's fitness.
    Neuroendocrine stress responses often involve the hypothalamus-
pituitary-adrenal system. Virtually all neuroendocrine functions that 
are affected by stress--including immune competence, reproduction, 
metabolism, and behavior--are regulated by pituitary hormones. Stress-
induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones have been 
implicated in failed reproduction, altered metabolism, reduced immune 
competence, and behavioral disturbance (e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha, 
2000). Increases in the circulation of glucocorticoids are also equated 
with stress (Romano et al., 2004).
    The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does 
not normally place an animal at risk) and ``distress'' is the cost of 
the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen stores 
that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated. In such 
circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose serious 
fitness consequences. However, when an animal does not have sufficient 
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress response, 
energy resources must be diverted from other functions. This state of 
distress will last until the animal replenishes its energetic reserves 
sufficient to restore normal function.
    Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal 
behavior, and the costs of stress responses are well-studied through 
controlled experiments and for both laboratory and free-ranging animals 
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003; 
Krausman et al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress responses due to 
exposure to anthropogenic sounds or other stressors and their effects 
on marine mammals have also been reviewed (Fair and Becker 2000; Romano 
et al., 2002b) and, more rarely, studied in wild populations (e.g., 
Romano et al., 2002a). For example, Rolland et al. (2012) found that 
noise reduction from reduced ship traffic in the Bay of Fundy was 
associated with decreased stress in North Atlantic right whales. These 
and other studies lead to a reasonable expectation that some marine 
mammals will experience physiological stress responses upon exposure to 
acoustic stressors and that it is possible that some of these would be 
classified as ``distress.'' In addition, any animal experiencing TTS 
would likely also experience stress responses (NRC, 2003).
    4. Auditory masking--Sound can disrupt behavior through masking, or 
interfering with, an animal's ability to detect, recognize, or 
discriminate between acoustic signals of interest (e.g., those used for 
intraspecific communication and social interactions, prey detection, 
predator avoidance, and navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995). Masking 
occurs when the receipt of a sound is interfered with by another 
coincident sound at similar frequencies and at similar or higher 
intensity, and may occur whether the sound is natural (e.g., snapping 
shrimp, wind, waves, and precipitation) or anthropogenic (e.g., 
shipping, sonar, and seismic exploration) in origin. The ability of a 
noise source to mask biologically important sounds depends on the 
characteristics of both the noise source and the signal of interest 
(e.g., signal-to-noise ratio, temporal variability, and direction), in 
relation to each other and to an animal's hearing abilities (e.g., 
sensitivity, frequency range, critical ratios, frequency 
discrimination, directional discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss), 
and existing ambient noise and propagation conditions.
    Under certain circumstances, marine mammals experiencing 
significant masking could also be impaired from maximizing their 
performance fitness in survival and reproduction. Therefore, when the 
coincident (masking) sound is man-made, it may be considered harassment 
when disrupting or altering critical behaviors. It is important to 
distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist after the sound exposure, from 
masking, which occurs during the sound exposure. Because masking 
(without resulting in TS) is not associated with abnormal physiological 
function, it is not considered a physiological effect, but it may 
result in a behavioral effect.
    The frequency range of the potentially masking sound is important 
in determining any potential behavioral impacts. For example, low-
frequency signals may have less effect on high-frequency echolocation 
sounds produced by odontocetes, but are more likely to affect detection 
of mysticete communication calls and other potentially important 
natural sounds such as those produced by surf and some prey species. 
The masking of communication signals caused by anthropogenic noise may 
be considered as a reduction in the communication space of animals 
(e.g., Clark et al., 2009),

[[Page 21171]]

and may result in energetic or other costs as animals change their 
vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al., 2000; Foote et al., 2004; 
Parks et al., 2007b; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009; Holt et al., 2009). 
Masking can be reduced in situations where the signal and noise come 
from different directions (Richardson et al., 1995), through amplitude 
modulation of the signal, or through other compensatory behaviors 
(Houser and Moore 2014). Masking can be tested directly in captive 
species (e.g., Erbe 2008), but in wild populations it must be either 
modeled or inferred from evidence of masking compensation. There are 
few studies addressing real-world masking sounds likely to be 
experienced by marine mammals in the wild (e.g., Branstetter et al., 
2013).
    Masking affects both senders and receivers of acoustic signals and 
can potentially have long-term chronic effects on marine mammals at the 
population level as well as at the individual level. Low-frequency 
ambient sound levels have increased by as much as 20 dB (more than 
three times in terms of SPL) in the world's ocean from pre-industrial 
periods, with most of the increase from distant commercial shipping 
(Hildebrand 2009). All anthropogenic sound sources, but especially 
chronic and lower-frequency signals (e.g., from vessel traffic), 
contribute to elevated ambient sound levels, thus intensifying masking.
    The LRS WSEP training exercises proposed for the incidental take of 
marine mammals have the potential to take marine mammals by exposing 
them to impulsive noise and pressure waves generated by live ordnance 
detonation at the surface of the water. Exposure to energy, pressure, 
or direct strike by ordnance has the potential to result in non-lethal 
injury (Level A harassment), disturbance (Level B harassment), serious 
injury, and/or mortality. In addition, NMFS also considered the 
potential for harassment from vessel and aircraft operations.

Acoustic Effects, Underwater

    Explosive detonations at the water surface send a shock wave and 
sound energy through the water and can release gaseous by-products, 
create an oscillating bubble, or cause a plume of water to shoot up 
from the water surface. The shock wave and accompanying noise are of 
most concern to marine animals. Depending on the intensity of the shock 
wave and size, location, and depth of the animal, an animal can be 
injured, killed, suffer non-lethal physical effects, experience hearing 
related effects with or without behavioral responses, or exhibit 
temporary behavioral responses (e.g. flight responses, temporary 
avoidance) from hearing the blast sound. Generally, exposures to higher 
levels of impulse and pressure levels would result in greater impacts 
to an individual animal.
    The effects of underwater detonations on marine mammals are 
dependent on several factors, including the size, type, and depth of 
the animal; the depth, intensity, and duration of the sound; the depth 
of the water column; the substrate of the habitat; the standoff 
distance between activities and the animal; and the sound propagation 
properties of the environment. Thus, we expect impacts to marine 
mammals from LRS WSEP activities to result primarily from acoustic 
pathways. As such, the degree of the effect relates to the received 
level and duration of the sound exposure, as influenced by the distance 
between the animal and the source. The further away from the source, 
the less intense the exposure should be.
    The potential effects of underwater detonations from the proposed 
LRS WSEP training activities may include one or more of the following: 
Temporary or permanent hearing impairment, non-auditory physical or 
physiological effects, behavioral disturbance, and masking (Richardson 
et al., 1995; Gordon et al., 2004; Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et 
al., 2007). However, the effects of noise on marine mammals are highly 
variable, often depending on species and contextual factors (based on 
Richardson et al., 1995).
    In the absence of mitigation, impacts to marine species could 
result from physiological and behavioral responses to both the type and 
strength of the acoustic signature (Viada et al., 2008). The type and 
severity of behavioral impacts are more difficult to define due to 
limited studies addressing the behavioral effects of impulsive sounds 
on marine mammals.
    Hearing Impairment and Other Physical Effects--Marine mammals 
exposed to high intensity sound repeatedly or for prolonged periods can 
experience hearing threshold shift. Given the available data, the 
received level of a single pulse (with no frequency weighting) might 
need to be approximately 186 dB re 1 [mu]Pa2-s (i.e., 186 dB sound 
exposure level (SEL) or approximately 221-226 dB p-p (peak)) in order 
to produce brief, mild TTS. Exposure to several strong pulses that each 
have received levels near 190 dB rms (175-180 dB SEL) might result in 
cumulative exposure of approximately 186 dB SEL and thus slight TTS in 
a small odontocete, assuming the TTS threshold is (to a first 
approximation) a function of the total received pulse energy.
    Non-auditory Physiological Effects--Non-auditory physiological 
effects or injuries that theoretically might occur in marine mammals 
exposed to strong underwater sound include stress and other types of 
organ or tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall et al., 2007).
    Serious Injury/Mortality: 86 FWS proposes to use munitions in its 
training exercises that may detonate above, at, or slightly below the 
water surface. The explosions from these weapons would send a shock 
wave and blast noise through the water, release gaseous by-products, 
create an oscillating bubble, and cause a plume of water to shoot up 
from the water surface. The shock wave and blast noise are of most 
concern to marine animals. In general, potential impacts from explosive 
detonations can range from brief effects (such as short term behavioral 
disturbance), tactile perception, physical discomfort, slight injury of 
the internal organs, and death of the animal (Yelverton et al., 1973; 
O'Keeffe and Young 1984; DoN 2001). Physical damage of tissues 
resulting from a shock wave (from an explosive detonation) constitutes 
an injury. Blast effects are greatest at the gas-liquid interface 
(Landsberg 2000) and gas-containing organs, particularly the lungs and 
gastrointestinal tract, are especially susceptible to damage (Goertner 
1982; Yelverton et al., 1973). Nasal sacs, larynx, pharynx, trachea, 
and lungs may be damaged by compression/expansion caused by the 
oscillations of the blast gas bubble (Reidenberg and Laitman 2003). 
Severe damage (from the shock wave) to the ears can include tympanic 
membrane rupture, fracture of the ossicles, cochlear damage, 
hemorrhage, and cerebrospinal fluid leakage into the middle ear.
    Non-lethal injury includes slight injury to internal organs and the 
auditory system; however, delayed lethality can be a result of 
individual or cumulative sublethal injuries (DoN 2001). Immediate 
lethal injury would be a result of massive combined trauma to internal 
organs as a direct result of proximity to the point of detonation (DoN 
2001).

Disturbance Reactions

    Because the few available studies show wide variation in response 
to underwater sound, it is difficult to quantify exactly how sound from 
the LRS WSEP operational testing would affect marine mammals. It is 
likely that the onset of surface detonations could result in temporary, 
short term changes in an animal's typical behavior and/or avoidance of 
the affected area. These

[[Page 21172]]

behavioral changes may include (Richardson et al., 1995): Changing 
durations of surfacing and dives, number of blows per surfacing, moving 
direction and/or speed; reduced/increased vocal activities; changing/
cessation of certain behavioral activities (such as socializing or 
feeding); visible startle response or aggressive behavior (such as 
tail/fluke slapping or jaw clapping); or avoidance of areas where sound 
sources are located.
    The biological significance of any of these behavioral disturbances 
is difficult to predict, especially if the detected disturbances appear 
minor. However generally, one could expect the consequences of 
behavioral modification to be biologically significant if the change 
affects growth, survival, or reproduction. Significant behavioral 
modifications that could potentially lead to effects on growth, 
survival, or reproduction include:
     Drastic changes in diving/surfacing patterns (such as 
those thought to cause beaked whale stranding due to exposure to 
military mid-frequency tactical sonar);
     Habitat abandonment due to loss of desirable acoustic 
environment; and
     Cessation of feeding or social interaction.
    The onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic sound 
depends on both external factors (characteristics of sound sources and 
their paths) and the specific characteristics of the receiving animals 
(hearing, motivation, experience, demography) and is difficult to 
predict (Southall et al., 2007).

Auditory Masking

    While it may occur temporarily, we do not expect auditory masking 
to result in detrimental impacts to an individual's or population's 
survival, fitness, or reproductive success. Dolphin movement is not 
restricted within the BSURE area, allowing for movement out of the area 
to avoid masking impacts, and the sound resulting from the detonations 
is short in duration. Also, masking is typically of greater concern for 
those marine mammals that utilize low frequency communications, such as 
baleen whales and, as such, is not likely to occur for marine mammals 
in the BSURE area.

Vessel and Aircraft Presence

    The marine mammals most vulnerable to vessel strikes are slow-
moving and/or spend extended periods of time at the surface in order to 
restore oxygen levels within their tissues after deep dives (e.g., 
North Atlantic right whales (Eubalaena glacialis), fin whales, and 
sperm whales). Smaller marine mammals are agile and move more quickly 
through the water, making them less susceptible to ship strikes. NMFS 
and 86 FWS are not aware of any vessel strikes of marine mammals within 
in BSURE area during training operations, and both parties do not 
anticipate that potential 86 FWS vessels engaged in the specified 
activity would strike any marine mammals.
    Aircraft produce noise at frequencies that are well within the 
frequency range of cetacean hearing and also produce visual signals 
such as the aircraft itself and its shadow (Richardson et al., 1995, 
Richardson and Wursig, 1997). A major difference between aircraft noise 
and noise caused by other anthropogenic sources is that the sound is 
generated in the air, transmitted through the water surface and then 
propagates underwater to the receiver, diminishing the received levels 
significantly below what is heard above the water's surface. Sound 
transmission from air to water is greatest in a sound cone 26 degrees 
directly under the aircraft.
    There are fewer reports of reactions of odontocetes to aircraft 
than those of pinnipeds. Responses to aircraft by pinnipeds include 
diving, slapping the water with pectoral fins or tail fluke, or 
swimming away from the track of the aircraft (Richardson et al., 1995). 
The nature and degree of the response, or the lack thereof, are 
dependent upon the nature of the flight (e.g., type of aircraft, 
altitude, straight vs. circular flight pattern). Wursig et al. (1998) 
assessed the responses of cetaceans to aerial surveys in the north 
central and western Gulf of Mexico using a DeHavilland Twin Otter 
fixed-wing airplane. The plane flew at an altitude of 229 m (751.3 ft) 
at 204 km/hr (126.7 mph) and maintained a minimum of 305 m (1,000 ft) 
straight line distance from the cetaceans. Water depth was 100 to 1,000 
m (328 to 3,281 ft). Bottlenose dolphins most commonly responded by 
diving (48 percent), while 14 percent responded by moving away. Other 
species (e.g., beluga (Delphinapterus leucas) and sperm whales) show 
considerable variation in reactions to aircraft but diving or swimming 
away from the aircraft are the most common reactions to low flights 
(less than 500 m; 1,640 ft).

Direct Strike by Ordnance

    Another potential risk to marine mammals is direct strike by 
ordnance, in which the ordnance physically hits an animal. Although 
strike from an item at the surface of the water while the animals are 
at the surface is possible, the potential risk of a direct hit to an 
animal within the target area would be low. Marine mammals spend the 
majority of their time below the surface of the water, and the 
potential for one bomb or missile to hit that animal at that specific 
time is highly unlikely.

Anticipated Effects on Habitat

    Detonations of live ordnance would result in temporary changes to 
the water environment. An explosion on the surface of the water from 
these weapons could send a shock wave and blast noise through the 
water, release gaseous by-products, create an oscillating bubble, and 
cause a plume of water to shoot up from the water surface. However, 
these effects would be temporary and not expected to last more than a 
few seconds. Similarly, 86 FWS does not expect any long-term impacts 
with regard to hazardous constituents to occur. The 86 FWS considered 
the introduction of fuel, debris, ordnance, and chemical materials into 
the water column within its EA and determined the potential effects of 
each to be insignificant. We summarize 86 FWS's analyses in the 
following paragraphs. For a complete discussion of potential effects, 
please refer to section 3.0 in 86 FWS's EA.
    Metals typically used to construct bombs and missiles include 
aluminum, steel, and lead, among others. Aluminum is also present in 
some explosive materials. These materials would settle to the seafloor 
after munitions detonate. Metal ions would slowly leach into the 
substrate and the water column, causing elevated concentrations in a 
small area around the munitions fragments. Some of the metals, such as 
aluminum, occur naturally in the ocean at varying concentrations and 
would not necessarily impact the substrate or water column. Other 
metals, such as lead, could cause toxicity in microbial communities in 
the substrate. However, such effects would be localized to a very small 
distance around munitions fragments and would not significantly affect 
the overall habitat quality of sediments in the BSURE area. In 
addition, metal fragments would corrode, degrade, and become encrusted 
over time.
    Chemical materials include explosive byproducts and also fuel, oil, 
and other fluids associated with remotely controlled target boats. 
Explosive byproducts would be introduced into the water column through 
detonation of live munitions. Explosive materials would include TNT and 
research department explosive (RDX), among others. Various byproducts 
are produced during and immediately after detonation of TNT and RDX. 
During the

[[Page 21173]]

very brief time that a detonation is in progress, intermediate products 
may include carbon ions, nitrogen ions, oxygen ions, water, hydrogen 
cyanide, carbon monoxide, nitrogen gas, nitrous oxide, cyanic acid, and 
carbon dioxide (Becker 1995). However, reactions quickly occur between 
the intermediates, and the final products consist mainly of water, 
carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, and nitrogen gas, although small 
amounts of other compounds are typically produced as well.
    Chemicals introduced into the water column would be quickly 
dispersed by waves, currents, and tidal action, and eventually become 
uniformly distributed. A portion of the carbon compounds such as carbon 
monoxide and carbon dioxide would likely become integrated into the 
carbonate system (alkalinity and pH buffering capacity of seawater). 
Some of the nitrogen and carbon compounds, including petroleum 
products, would be metabolized or assimilated by phytoplankton and 
bacteria. Most of the gas products that do not react with the water or 
become assimilated by organisms would be released into the atmosphere. 
Due to dilution, mixing, and transformation, none of these chemicals 
are expected to have significant impacts on the marine environment.
    Explosive material that is not consumed in a detonation could sink 
to the substrate and bind to sediments. However, the quantity of such 
materials is expected to be inconsequential. Research has shown that if 
munitions function properly, nearly full combustion of the explosive 
materials will occur, and only extremely small amounts of raw material 
will remain. In addition, any remaining materials would be naturally 
degraded. TNT decomposes when exposed to sunlight (ultraviolet 
radiation) and is also degraded by microbial activity (Becker 1995). 
Several types of microorganisms have been shown to metabolize TNT. 
Similarly, RDX decomposes by hydrolysis, ultraviolet radiation 
exposure, and biodegradation.
    While we anticipate that the specified activity may result in 
marine mammals avoiding certain areas due to temporary ensonification, 
this impact to habitat and prey resources would be temporary and 
reversible. The main impact associated with the proposed activity would 
be temporarily elevated noise levels and the associated direct effects 
on marine mammals, previously discussed in this notice. Marine mammals 
are anticipated to temporarily vacate the area of live detonations. 
However, these events are usually of short duration, and animals are 
anticipated to return to the activity area during periods of non-
activity. Thus, based on the preceding discussion, we do not anticipate 
that the proposed activity would have any habitat-related effects that 
could cause significant or long-term consequences for individual marine 
mammals or their populations.

Proposed Mitigation

    In order to issue an incidental take authorization (ITA) under 
section 101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible 
methods of taking pursuant to such activity, and other means of 
affecting the least adverse impact practicable on such species or stock 
and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating 
grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on the availability of 
such species or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses.
    The NDAA of 2004 amended the MMPA as it relates to military-
readiness activities and the incidental take authorization process such 
that ``least practicable adverse impact'' shall include consideration 
of personnel safety, practicality of implementation, and impact on the 
effectiveness of the military readiness activity.
    NMFS and 86 FWS have worked to identify potential practicable and 
effective mitigation measures, which include a careful balancing of the 
likely benefit of any particular measure to the marine mammals with the 
likely effect of that measure on personnel safety, practicality of 
implementation, and impact on the military-readiness activity. We refer 
the reader to Section 11 of 86 FWS's application for more detailed 
information on the proposed mitigation measures, which include the 
following:
    Timing Restriction: The 86 FWS will be restricted to certain times 
of the day and certain months of the year. All missions will occur on 
weekdays during daylight hours only. Missions will not occur during the 
months of January to May when transmission loss is greater due to 
winter/spring seasonal conditions and when marine mammal densities are 
higher.
    Visual Aerial Surveys: For the LRS WSEP activities, mitigation 
procedures consist of visual aerial surveys of the impact area for the 
presence of protected marine species (including marine mammals). During 
aerial observation, Navy test range personnel may survey the area from 
an S-61N helicopter or C-62 aircraft that is based at the PMRF land 
facility (typically, when missions are located relatively close to 
shore). Alternatively, when missions are located farther offshore, 
surveys may be conducted from mission aircraft (typically jet aircraft 
such as F-15E, F-16, or F-22) or a U.S. Coast Guard C-130 aircraft.
    Protected species surveys typically begin within one hour of weapon 
release and as close to the impact time as feasible, given human safety 
requirements. Survey personnel must depart the human hazard zone before 
weapon release, in accordance with Navy safety standards. Personnel 
conduct aerial surveys within an area defined by a maximum 8-mi (13 km) 
radius around the impact point with surveys typically flown in a star 
pattern. This survey distance is much larger than requirements for 
similar actions at the PMRF and what was accomplished for October 2016 
missions. This expanded area would encompass the entire behavioral 
threshold ranges (SEL) for all mid-frequency cetaceans, the entire PTS 
threshold ranges (SEL) for low-frequency cetaceans and phocids, 
approximately 23 percent of the TTS threshold ranges (SEL) for low-
frequency cetaceans and phocids, and about 64 percent of the PTS 
threshold range (SEL) for high-frequency cetaceans (pygmy and dwarf 
sperm whales) (Table 5). The survey distance would not cover the entire 
behavioral harassment ranges for low- and high-frequency cetaceans and 
phocids. Given operational constraints, surveying these larger areas 
would not be feasible.
    Observers would consist of aircrew operating the C-26, S-61N, and 
C-130 aircraft from the PMRF and the Coast Guard. These aircrew are 
trained and experienced at conducting aerial marine mammal surveys and 
have provided similar support for other missions at the PMRF. Aerial 
surveys are typically conducted at an altitude of about 200 ft, but 
altitude may vary somewhat depending on sea state and atmospheric 
conditions. If adverse weather conditions preclude the ability for 
aircraft to safely operate, missions would either be delayed until the 
weather clears or cancelled for the day. The C-26 and other aircraft 
would generally be operated at a slightly higher altitude than the 
helicopter. The observers will be provided with the GPS location of the 
impact area. Once the aircraft reaches the impact area, pre-mission 
surveys typically last for 30 minutes, depending on the survey pattern. 
The fixed-wing aircraft are faster than the helicopter, and, therefore, 
protected species may be more difficult to spot. However, to compensate 
for the difference in speed,

[[Page 21174]]

the aircraft may fly the survey pattern multiple times.
    Mission Delays: If a protected species is observed in the impact 
area, weapon release would be delayed until one of the following 
conditions is met: (1) The animal is observed exiting the impact area; 
or (2) the impact area has been clear of any additional sightings for a 
period of 30 minutes. All weapons will be tracked and their water entry 
points will be documented.
    Post-mission surveys would begin immediately after the mission is 
complete and the Range Safety Officer declares the human safety area is 
reopened. Approximate transit time from the perimeter of the human 
safety area to the weapon impact area would depend on the size of the 
human safety area and vary between aircraft but is expected to be less 
than 30 minutes. Post-mission surveys would be conducted by the same 
aircraft and aircrew that conducted the pre-mission surveys and would 
follow the same patterns as pre-mission surveys but would focus on the 
area down current of the weapon impact area to determine if protected 
species were affected by the mission (observation of dead or injured 
animals). If a serious injury or mortality occurs to a protected 
species due to LRS WSEP missions, NMFS would be notified immediately.
    A typical mission day would consist of pre-mission checks, safety 
review, crew briefings, weather checks, clearing airspace, range 
clearance, mitigations/monitoring efforts, and other military protocols 
prior to launch of weapons. Potential delays could be the result of 
multiple factors including, adverse weather conditions leading to 
unsafe take-off, landing, and aircraft operations, inability to clear 
the range of non-mission vessels or aircraft, mechanical issues with 
mission aircraft or munitions, or presence of protected species in the 
impact area. These standard operating procedures are usually done in 
the morning, and live range time may begin in late morning once all 
checks are complete and approval is granted from range control. The 
range would be closed to the public for a maximum of four hours per 
mission day.
    Determination of the Zone of Influence: The zone of influence (ZOI) 
is defined as the area or volume of ocean in which marine mammals could 
be exposed to various pressure or acoustic energy levels caused by 
exploding ordnance. Refer to Appendix A of 86 FWS's application for a 
description of the method used to calculate impact areas for 
explosives. The pressure and energy levels considered to be of concern 
are defined in terms of metrics, criteria, and thresholds. A metric is 
a technical standard of measurement that describes the acoustic 
environment (e.g., frequency duration, temporal pattern, and amplitude) 
and pressure at a given location. Criteria are the resulting types of 
possible impact and include mortality, injury, and harassment. A 
threshold is the level of pressure or noise above which the impact 
criteria are reached.
    Standard impulsive and acoustic metrics were used for the analysis 
of underwater energy and pressure waves in this document. Several 
different metrics are important for understanding risk assessment 
analysis of impacts to marine mammals: SPL is the ratio of the absolute 
sound pressure to a reference level, SEL is the measure of sound 
intensity and duration, and positive impulse is the time integral of 
the pressure over the initial positive phase of an arrival.
    The criteria and thresholds used to estimate potential pressure and 
acoustic impacts to marine mammals resulting from detonations were 
obtained from Finneran and Jenkins (2012) and include mortality, Level 
A harassment, and Level B harassment. In some cases, separate 
thresholds have been developed for different species groups or 
functional hearing groups. Functional hearing groups included in the 
analysis are low-frequency cetaceans, mid-frequency cetaceans, and 
high-frequency cetaceans.
    Based on the ranges presented in Table 5 and factoring operational 
limitations associated with the mission, 86 FWS estimates that during 
pre-mission surveys, the proposed monitoring area would be 
approximately 8 mi (13 km) from the target area radius around the 
impact point, with surveys typically flown in a star pattern, which is 
much larger than requirements already in place for similar actions at 
the PMRF and what was accomplished for October 2016 missions.
    NMFS discussed with the 86 FWS and the U.S. Navy--whose hydrophones 
and PAM equipment in the PMRF would be used--the idea of using PAM for 
mitigation purposes to supplement visual surveys. Through these 
discussions, NMFS and 86 FWS attempted to determine if using PAM as a 
mitigation tool was feasible. The Navy described the constraints of 
using PAM as a real-time mitigation tool due to the limitations of the 
current technology. These include limitations on the ability to detect, 
classify, and estimate locations of marine mammals around the 
equipment; the fact that marine mammals present in the area may not be 
vocalizing; and the fact that vocalizations made by some species may be 
outside of the frequency capabilities of the hydrophones. These 
limitations are explained further, below.
    In regards to the limitations to detect classify, and estimate 
locations of marine mammals around the equipment, and the fact that 
some of those animals may vocalize outside of the frequency 
capabilities of the hydrophones, the Navy states:

    Based on current capabilities, and given adequate time, 
vocalizing animals within an indeterminate radius around a 
particular phone are detected, but obtaining an estimated position 
for all individual animals passing through a predetermined area is 
not assured. Detecting vocalizations on a phone does not determine 
whether vocalizing individuals would be within the established 
mitigation zone in the timeframes required for mitigation. Since 
detection ranges are generally larger than current mitigation zones 
for many activities, this would unnecessarily delay events due to 
uncertainty in the animals location.
    To develop an estimated position for an individual, it must be 
vocalizing and its vocalizations must be detected on at least three 
hydrophones. The hydrophones must have the required bandwidth, and 
dynamic range to capture the signal. In addition, calls must be 
sufficiently loud so as to provide the required signal to noise 
ratio on the surrounding hydrophones. Typically, small odontocetes 
echolocate with a directed beam that makes detection of the call on 
multiple hydrophones difficult. Developing an estimated position of 
selected species requires the presence of whistles which may or may 
not be produced depending on the behavioral state.
    Large baleen species vocalize at frequencies well below 1 kHz. 
There are few broadband phones with low frequency capabilities at 
PMRF and they are widely spaced, especially on the southern portion 
of the range. This makes estimating the positions of low frequency 
baleen whales difficult in that area. For minke whale boings, it 
takes 30 to 45 minutes of calling (e.g. observing 8 calls or more) 
to have good confidence in a whale's estimated position. 
Additionally, even minke whales that have been vocalizing for 
extended periods can, and have, gone silent for hours at a time. 
Extended gaps in calling have also been noted for fin, sei, and 
Bryde's whales. We are currently unable to estimate positions of 
humpbacks in real-time.
    Beaked whales vocalize only during deep foraging dives which 
occur at a rate of approximately 10 per day. They produce highly 
directed echolocation clicks that are difficult to simultaneously 
detect on multiple hydrophones. Current real-time systems cannot 
follow individuals and at best produce sparse positions with 
multiple false locations.
    The position estimation process must occur in an area with 
hydrophones spaced to allow the detection of the same echolocation

[[Page 21175]]

click on at least three hydrophones. Typically, a spacing of less 
than 4 km in water depths of approximately 2 km is preferred. In the 
absence of localizations, the analyst can only determine with 
confidence if a group of beaked whales is somewhere within 6 km of a 
hydrophone. Beaked whales produce stereotypic click trains during 
deep (<700 m) foraging dives. The presence of a vocalizing group can 
be readily detected by an analyst by examining the click structure 
and repetition rate. However, estimating position is possible only 
if the same train of clicks is detected on multiple hydrophones 
which is often precluded by the animal's narrow beam pattern.

    In regards to marine mammals not vocalizing in the area, the Navy 
states:

    Animals must vocalize to be detected; the lack of detections on 
a hydrophone may give the false impression that the area is all 
clear. The lack of vocalization detections is not a direct measure 
of the absence of marine mammals. If an event were to be moved based 
upon low-confidence localizations, it may inadvertently be moved to 
an area where non-vocalizing animals of undetermined species/ESA 
status are present.

    NMFS decided that these analytical and technical limitations 
preclude the use of PAM as a real-time mitigation tool. However, we 
will require the use of PAM for monitoring purposes (as described 
below).
    We have carefully evaluated 86 FWS's proposed mitigation measures 
in the context of ensuring that we prescribe the means of effecting the 
least practicable adverse impact on the affected marine mammal species 
and stocks and their habitat. Our evaluation of potential measures 
included consideration of the following factors in relation to one 
another:
     The manner in which, and the degree to which, the 
successful implementation of the measure is expected to minimize 
adverse impacts to marine mammals;
     The proven or likely efficacy of the specific measure to 
minimize adverse impacts as planned; and
     The practicability of the measure for applicant 
implementation.
    NMFS prescribes mitigation measures that accomplish, have a 
reasonable likelihood of accomplishing (based on current science), or 
contribute to the accomplishment of one or more of the general goals 
listed here:
    1. Avoidance or minimization of injury or death of marine mammals 
wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may contribute to this goal).
    2. A reduction in the numbers of marine mammals (total number or 
number at biologically important time or location) exposed to stimuli 
expected to result in incidental take (this goal may contribute to 1, 
above, or to reducing takes by behavioral harassment only).
    3. A reduction in the number of times (total number or number at 
biologically important time or location) individuals would be exposed 
to stimuli that we expect to result in the take of marine mammals (this 
goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing harassment takes only).
    4. A reduction in the intensity of exposures (either total number 
or number at biologically important time or location) to training 
exercises that we expect to result in the take of marine mammals (this 
goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing the severity of 
harassment takes only).
    5. Avoidance or minimization of adverse effects to marine mammal 
habitat, paying special attention to the food base, activities that 
block or limit passage to or from biologically important areas, 
permanent destruction of habitat, or temporary destruction/disturbance 
of habitat during a biologically important time.
    6. For monitoring directly related to mitigation--an increase in 
the probability of detecting marine mammals, thus allowing for more 
effective implementation of the mitigation.
    Based on our evaluation of 86 FWS's proposed measures, as well as 
other measures that may be relevant to the specified activity, we have 
preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures, 
including visual aerial surveys and mission delays if protected species 
are observed in the impact area, provide the means of effecting the 
least practicable adverse impact on marine mammal species or stocks and 
their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating 
grounds, and areas of similar significance (while also considering 
personnel safety, practicality of implementation, and the impact of 
effectiveness of the military readiness activity).

Proposed Monitoring and Reporting

    In order to issue an ITA for an activity, Section 101(a)(5)(A) of 
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth ``requirements pertaining to 
the monitoring and reporting of such taking.'' The MMPA implementing 
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for ITAs 
must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary 
monitoring and reporting that will result in increased knowledge of the 
species and of the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine 
mammals that are expected to be present in the proposed action area.
    The 86 FWS submitted marine mammal monitoring and reporting 
measures in their LOA application. We may modify or supplement these 
measures based on comments or new information received during the 
public comment period. Any monitoring requirement we prescribe will 
improve our understanding of one or more of the following:
     Occurrence of marine mammal species in action area (e.g., 
presence, abundance, distribution, density).
     Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure 
to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or 
chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment 
(e.g., source characterization, propagation, ambient noise); (2) 
Affected species (e.g., life history, dive patterns); (3) Co-occurrence 
of marine mammal species with the action; or (4) Biological or 
behavioral context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or feeding areas).
     Individual responses to acute stressors, or impacts of 
chronic exposures (behavioral or physiological).
     How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) 
Long-term fitness and survival of an individual; or (2) Population, 
species, or stock.
     Effects on marine mammal habitat and resultant impacts to 
marine mammals.
     Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
    NMFS proposes to include the following monitoring and reporting 
measures in the LRS WSEP Authorization (if issued):
    (1) Using mission reporting forms, the 86 FWS will track the use of 
the PMRF for missions and protected species observations.
    (2) The 86 FWS will submit a summary report of marine mammal 
observations and LRS WSEP activities to the NMFS PIRO and the Office of 
Protected Resources 90 days after completion of mission activities each 
year. This report must include the following information: (i) Date and 
time of each LRS WSEP exercise; (ii) a complete description of the pre-
exercise and post-exercise activities related to mitigating and 
monitoring the effects of LRS WSEP exercises on marine mammal 
populations; and (iii) results of the LRS WSEP exercise monitoring, 
including number of marine mammals (by species) that may have been 
harassed due to presence within the activity zone.
    (3) The 86 FWS will monitor for marine mammals in the proposed 
action area through pre-mission aerial visual surveys. If 86 FWS 
personnel observe or detect any dead or injured marine

[[Page 21176]]

mammals prior to testing, or detect any injured or dead marine mammal 
during live fire exercises, 86 FWS must cease operations and submit a 
report to NMFS OPR and PIRO within 24 hours.
    (4) The 86 FWS will monitor for marine mammals once the mission has 
ended or, if required, as soon as personnel declare the mission area 
safe. Post-mission aerial visual surveys will be identical to pre-
mission surveys and will occur approximately 30 minutes after the 
munitions have been detonated, concentrating on the area down-current 
of the test site. Observers will document and report any marine mammal 
species, number, location, and behavior of any animals observed. Post-
mission monitoring determines the effectiveness of pre-mission 
mitigation by reporting sightings of any marine mammals within the ZOIs 
that may have been affected by mission activities.
    (5) As noted previously, PAM will not be used as a real-time 
mitigation tool, but the 86 FWS will use PAM by using the Navy's 
hydrophones for monitoring within the PMRF, by collecting data before, 
during, and after LRS WSEP missions. This data will be stored at SPAWAR 
to be analyzed as funding allows.
    (6) The 86 FWS must immediately report any unauthorized takes of 
marine mammals (i.e., serious injury or mortality) to NMFS OPR and to 
the respective Pacific Islands Region stranding coordinator. The 86 FWS 
must cease operations and submit a report to NMFS within 24 hours.

Adaptive Management

    NMFS may modify (including augment) the existing mitigation, 
monitoring, or reporting measures (after consulting with the 86 FWS 
regarding the practicability of the modifications) if doing so creates 
a reasonable likelihood of more effectively accomplishing the goals of 
the mitigation and monitoring measures for these regulations.
    Possible sources of data that could contribute to the decision to 
modify the mitigation, monitoring, or reporting measures in an LOA 
include: (1) Results from 86 FWS's monitoring from the previous 
year(s); (2) results from other marine mammal and/or sound research or 
studies; and (3) any information that reveals marine mammals may have 
been taken in a manner, extent or number not authorized by these 
regulations or subsequent LOAs.
    If, through adaptive management, the modifications to the 
mitigation, monitoring, or reporting measures are substantial, NMFS 
will publish a notice of proposed LOA in the Federal Register and 
solicit public comment. If, however, NMFS determines that an emergency 
exists that poses a significant risk to the well-being of the species 
or stocks of marine mammals in Hawaii, an LOA may be modified without 
prior notice or opportunity for public comment. Notice would be 
published in the Federal Register within 30 days of the action.

Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment

    The NDAA of 2004 amended the definition of harassment as it applies 
to a military readiness activity (Section 3(18)(B) of the MMPA) to read 
as follows: (i) Any act that injures or has the significant potential 
to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A 
Harassment); or (ii) any act that disturbs or is likely to disturb a 
marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption 
of natural behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, 
migration, surfacing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering, to a 
point where such behavioral patterns are abandoned or significantly 
altered (Level B Harassment).
    NMFS' analysis identified the physiological responses and 
behavioral responses that could potentially result from exposure to 
explosive detonations. In this section, we will relate the potential 
effects on marine mammals from detonation of explosives to the MMPA 
regulatory definitions of Level A and Level B harassment. This section 
will also quantify the effects that might occur from the proposed 
military readiness activities in the PMRF BSURE area. As described 
below, quantifying take includes a consideration of acoustic thresholds 
identified by NMFS above which received levels marine mammals are 
expected to be taken by either Level A or Level B harassment; predicted 
distances from the sound sources within which animals are expected to 
be exposed to sound levels above these thresholds; and the density of 
marine mammals within the areas ensonified above the thresholds.

Level B Harassment

    Of the potential effects described earlier in this document, the 
following are the types of effects that would result from Level B 
harassment:
    Behavioral Harassment--Exposure to non-impulsive or impulsive 
sound, which causes a behavioral disturbance that rises to the level 
described in the above definition, is Level B harassment. Some of the 
lower level physiological stress responses discussed earlier would also 
likely co-occur with the predicted harassments, although these 
responses are more difficult to detect, and fewer data exist relating 
these responses to specific received levels of sound. When predicting 
Level B harassment on estimated behavioral responses, those takes may 
have a stress-related physiological component.
    Temporary Threshold Shift--As discussed previously, TTS can affect 
how an animal behaves in response to the environment, including 
conspecifics, predators, and prey. NMFS classifies exposure to 
explosives and other impulsive sources resulting in TTS as Level B 
harassment, not Level A harassment.

Level A Harassment

    Of the potential effects that were described earlier, the following 
are the types of effects that result from Level A harassment and that 
may be expected from 86 FWS activities:
    Permanent Threshold Shift--PTS (resulting from exposure to 
explosive detonations) is irreversible, and NMFS considers this to be 
an injury.
    Table 4 outlines the explosive thresholds used by NMFS for this 
action when addressing noise impacts from explosives.
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P

[[Page 21177]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP05MY17.009

BILLING CODE 3510-22-C
    The 86 FWS completed acoustic modeling to determine the distances 
from their explosive ordnance corresponding to NMFS' explosive 
thresholds; these distances were then used with each species' density 
to determine exposure estimates. Below is a summary of the methodology 
for those modeling efforts.
    The maximum estimated range, or radius, from the detonation point 
to the point at which the various thresholds extend for all munitions 
proposed to be released in a 24-hour time period was calculated based 
on explosive acoustic characteristics, sound propagation, and sound 
transmission loss in the Study Area. These calculations incorporated 
water depth, sediment type, wind speed, bathymetry, and temperature/
salinity profiles (Table 5). Transmission loss was calculated from the 
explosive source depth down to an array of water depth bins extending 
to the maximum depths where marine mammals may occur (see depth 
distributions in Appendix B of the 86 FWS's application). Then impact 
volumes were computed for each explosive source (based on the total 
number of munitions released on a representative mission day). Impact 
areas were calculated from scaling the impact volumes by each depth 
bin, dividing by their depth intervals, summing each value over the 
entire water column and converting to square kilometers. The total 
energy for all weapons released as part of a representative mission day 
was calculated to assess impacts from the accumulated energy resulting 
from multiple weapon releases within a 24-hour period. Given that there 
is a large degree of uncertainty in knowing this far in advance what 
types of explosives could be released on any particular mission day, in 
order to calculate the number of munitions to be released per mission 
day, the total number of each munition proposed to be released per year 
was divided by the annual number of mission days.
    Explosives generally will be separated by some number of minutes, 
with the exception of up to four SDB-I/II munitions, which includes a 
burst during which each ordnance hits the water surface within a few 
seconds of each other. For the purposes of predicting the number of 
exposures above threshold, calculating the area for each independent 
explosive and then adding those areas together and multiplying by 
species density would result in an overestimate. This is because all 
explosions will occur within 4 hours and are generally targeting the 
same spot, and several explosions have very large zones, so it is 
likely that many of the exposures will be experienced by the same 
individual animals. Therefore, to calculate take, we instead summed the 
energy of the expected number of separate explosives per day to create 
one area of impact to overlay with species density for that area. Since 
there would be a total of five mission days per year during the time 
frame of 2017--2021, the analysis assumed that in a representative 
mission day the following munitions and quantities would be released 
daily: One JASSM, six JDAMs, six SDB-Is, six SDB-IIs, and two HARMs.
    The 86 FWS used the calculations for transmission loss from the 
summer season in their model, because the parameters for the summer 
were more conservative (i.e., resulted in larger

[[Page 21178]]

distances from the sound source) than for the fall, taking into account 
wind speed, sound speed, and transmission loss (see 86 FWS's seasonal 
parameters memo). Missions will most likely occur in the summer, but 
may also occur in the fall. Transmission loss was calculated from the 
explosive source depth down to an array of water depth bins extending 
to the maximum depths where marine mammals may occur (see depth 
distributions in Appendix B of the 86 FWS's application). Next, impact 
volumes were computed for each explosive source (i.e., total number of 
munitions released on a representative mission day). Impact areas were 
calculated by scaling the impact volumes for each depth bin, dividing 
by their depth intervals, summing each value over the entire water 
column and converting to square kilometers. The radii shown in Table 5 
are based on these impact areas, and were used for mitigation 
considerations.

               Table 5--Distances (m) to Explosive Thresholds Used To Calculate Predicted Take From 86 FWS's Daily Explosive Ordnance Use
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             Level A harassment \2\                          Level B harassment
                                                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Mortality                  GI tract              PTS                TTS             Behavioral
                     Species                          \1\      Slight lung     injury   ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  injury   -------------  Applicable   Applicable   Applicable   Applicable   Applicable
                                                                             237 dB SPL     SEL *        SPL *        SEL *        SPL *        SEL *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Humpback Whale..................................           99          200          204        5,415        1,241       55,464        2,266       59,039
Blue Whale......................................           74          149          204        5,415        1,241       55,464        2,266       59,039
Fin Whale.......................................           76          157          204        5,415        1,241       55,464        2,266       59,039
Sei Whale.......................................          101          204          204        5,415        1,241       55,464        2,266       59,039
Bryde's Whale...................................           99          200          204        5,415        1,241       55,464        2,266       59,039
Minke Whale.....................................          138          268          204        5,415        1,241       55,464        2,266       59,039
Sperm Whale.....................................           91          177          204        1,575          413        8,019          763       11,948
Pygmy Sperm Whale...............................          248          457          204       20,058        4,879       71,452        7,204       74,804
Dwarf Sperm Whale...............................          273          509          204       20,058        4,879       71,452        7,204       74,804
Killer Whale....................................          149          287          204        1,575          413        8,019          763       11,948
False Killer Whale (MHI Insular stock)..........          177          340          204        1,575          413        8,019          763       11,948
False Killer Whale (all other stocks)...........          177          340          204        1,575          413        8,019          763       11,948
Pygmy Killer Whale..............................          324          604          204        1,575          413        8,019          763       11,948
Short-finned Pilot Whale........................          217          413          204        1,575          413        8,019          763       11,948
Melon-headed Whale..............................          273          502          204        1,575          413        8,019          763       11,948
Bottlenose Dolphin..............................          273          509          204        1,575          413        8,019          763       11,948
Pantropical Spotted Dolphin.....................          324          604          204        1,575          413        8,019          763       11,948
Striped Dolphin.................................          324          604          204        1,575          413        8,019          763       11,948
Spinner Dolphin.................................          324          604          204        1,575          413        8,019          763       11,948
Rough-toothed Dolphin...........................          273          509          204        1,575          413        8,019          763       11,948
Fraser's Dolphin................................          257          480          204        1,575          413        8,019          763       11,948
Risso's Dolphin.................................          207          384          204        1,575          413        8,019          763       11,948
Cuvier's Beaked Whale...........................          131          257          204        1,575          413        8,019          763       11,948
Blainville's Beaked Whale.......................          195          368          204        1,575          413        8,019          763       11,948
Longman's Beaked Whale..........................          133          261          204        1,575          413        8,019          763       11,948
Hawaiian Monk Seal..............................          306          564          204        4,621        1,394       55,687        2,549       58,736
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Based on Goertner (1982).
\2\ Based on Richmond et al. (1973).
* Based on the applicable Functional Hearing Group.

Density Estimation

    Density estimates for marine mammals were derived from the Navy's 
2016 Marine Species Density Database (NMSDD). The 86 FWS used fall 
densities to estimate take. Fall densities are more conservative than 
summer densities because they include more species. Density estimates 
provided in Table 6 were extrapolated over the depth distributions by 
multiplying the density values by the percentage of time spent at each 
depth interval. These scaled densities were multiplied by the 
corresponding depth bin in the impact volume for each threshold and 
summed to create a three-dimensional exposure estimate. These estimates 
were then multiplied by the number of events, or total annual number of 
proposed mission days. NMFS refers the reader to Section 3 of 86 FWS's 
application for detailed information on all equations used to calculate 
densities presented in Table 6.

                 Table 6--Marine Mammal Density Estimates Within the Impact Location in the PMRF
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Density estimate (animals per square kilometer)
                     Species                     ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Fall           Spring          Summer          Winter
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Humpback whale..................................         0.02110         0.02110               0         0.02110
Blue whale......................................         0.00005         0.00005               0         0.00005
Fin whale.......................................         0.00006         0.00006               0         0.00006
Sei whale.......................................         0.00016         0.00016               0         0.00016
Bryde's whale...................................         0.00010         0.00010         0.00010         0.00010
Minke whale.....................................         0.00423         0.00423               0         0.00423
Sperm whale.....................................         0.00156         0.00156         0.00156         0.00156
Pygmy sperm whale...............................         0.00291         0.00291         0.00291         0.00291
Dwarf sperm whale...............................         0.00714         0.00714         0.00714         0.00714
Killer whale....................................         0.00006         0.00006         0.00006         0.00006

[[Page 21179]]

 
False killer whale (Main Hawaiian Islands                0.00080         0.00080         0.00080         0.00080
 insular stock).................................
False killer whale (all other stocks)...........         0.00071         0.00071         0.00071         0.00071
Pygmy killer whale..............................         0.00440         0.00440         0.00440         0.00440
Short-finned pilot whale........................         0.00919         0.00919         0.00919         0.00919
Melon-headed whale..............................         0.00200         0.00200         0.00200         0.00200
Bottlenose dolphin..............................         0.00316         0.00316         0.00316         0.00316
Pantropical spotted dolphin.....................         0.00623         0.00623         0.00623         0.00623
Striped dolphin.................................         0.00335         0.00335         0.00335         0.00335
Spinner dolphin.................................         0.00204         0.00204         0.00204         0.00204
Rough-toothed dolphin...........................         0.00470         0.00470         0.00470         0.00470
Fraser's dolphin................................           0.021           0.021           0.021           0.021
Risso's dolphin.................................         0.00470         0.00470         0.00470         0.00470
Cuvier's beaked whale...........................         0.00030         0.00030         0.00030         0.00030
Blainville's beaked whale.......................         0.00086         0.00086         0.00086         0.00086
Longman's beaked whale..........................         0.00310         0.00310         0.00310         0.00310
Hawaiian monk seal..............................         0.00003         0.00003         0.00003         0.00003
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Take Estimation

    The resulting total number of marine mammals potentially exposed to 
the various levels of thresholds (mortality, injury, and non-injurious 
harassment, including behavioral harassment), in the absence of 
mitigation measures, is listed in Table 7. To eliminate double-counting 
of animals, exposure results from higher impact categories (e.g., 
mortality) were subtracted from lower impact categories (e.g., Level A 
harassment). For impact categories with dual criteria (e.g., SEL and 
SPL metrics for PTS associated with Level A harassment), numbers in the 
table are based on the criterion resulting in the greatest number of 
exposures. Exposure levels include the possibility of injury to marine 
mammals and harassment (resulting in behavioral disruption (Level B 
harassment) in the absence of mitigation measures. The numbers 
represent total impacts for all detonations combined and do not take 
into account the required mitigation and monitoring measures (see 
Section 11 of the 86 FWS's application), which are expected to decrease 
the number of exposures shown in the Table 7.
    The 86 FWS and NMFS estimated that 16 species could be exposed to 
noise levels constituting Level B harassment (TTS and behavioral 
disruption), and 4 of those marine mammal species could be exposed to 
injurious noise levels (Level A harassment) (187 dB SEL) in the absence 
of mitigation measures.

         Table 7--Modeled Number of Marine Mammals Potentially Affected Annually by LRS WSEP Operations
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Level A         Level B         Level B
                     Species                         Mortality      harassment      harassment      harassment
                                                                   (PTS only *)        (TTS)       (behavioral)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Mysticetes (baleen whales)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Humpback whale..................................               0               4              54              38
Blue whale......................................               0               0               0               0
Fin whale.......................................               0               0               0               0
Sei whale.......................................               0               0               0               1
Bryde's whale...................................               0               0               0               0
Minke whale.....................................               0               1              11              19
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Odontocetes (toothed whales and dolphins)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sperm whale.....................................               0               0               0               0
Pygmy sperm whale...............................               0               9              83              36
Dwarf sperm whale...............................               0              22             203              87
Killer whale....................................               0               0               0               0
False killer whale (MHI Insular stock)..........               0               0               0               0
False killer whale (all other stocks)...........               0               0               0               0
Pygmy killer whale..............................               0               0               1               2
Short-finned pilot whale........................               0               0               5               6
Melon-headed whale..............................               0               0               1               1
Bottlenose dolphin..............................               0               0               2               2
Pantropical spotted dolphin.....................               0               0               3               4
Striped dolphin.................................               0               0               2               2
Spinner dolphin.................................               0               0               1               1
Rough-toothed dolphin...........................               0               0               3               3
Fraser's dolphin................................               0               0              10              14
Risso's dolphin.................................               0               0               2               2
Cuvier's beaked whale...........................               0               0               0               0
Blainville's beaked whale.......................               0               0               0               0

[[Page 21180]]

 
Longman's beaked whale..........................               0               0               1               1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Pinnipeds
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hawaiian monk seal..............................               0               0               0               0
                                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
    Total.......................................               0              36             382             219
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    These modeled take numbers show that the probability of some of 
these species being impacted by the 86 FWS's activities is low (e.g., 
one modeled take for behavioral harassment of 4 of the 16 species). 
However, realistically, these species are seen in larger groups (rather 
than on an individual basis); therefore, we took into consideration 
average group sizes to determine our actual number of authorized takes. 
For example, melon-headed whales have a modeled take estimate of one 
individual, but their average group size is 153 individuals (Bradford 
et al., 2017); therefore, we propose to authorize 153 takes by Level B 
harassment of melon headed whales, of which one may be from TTS. 
Similarly, for all species, if the modeled take was less than average 
group size, we used this same rationale and calculation to determine 
the proposed takes by Level B harassment (harassment resulting in TTS 
or behavioral disruption). We assumed that, of the total Level B 
harassment takes, the modeled take numbers would be used for TTS, and 
the difference between TTS and the average group size would be the 
behavioral take. We did not adjust takes for PTS, since, in all four 
instances of predicted PTS, the number of PTS takes was greater than 
average group size (e.g., average group size for dwarf sperm whale is 
2.7 (Baird 2016), and modeled PTS takes is 22). Proposed authorized 
take numbers are presented in Table 8.

         Table 8--Estimated Number of Marine Mammals for Proposed Authorized Take by LRS WSEP Operations
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Level A         Level B         Level B
                     Species                         Mortality      harassment      harassment      harassment
                                                                    (PTS only*)        (TTS)       (behavioral)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Humpback whale..................................               0               4              54              38
Sei whale.......................................               0               0               0             * 3
Minke whale.....................................               0               1              11              19
Pygmy sperm whale...............................               0               9              83              36
Dwarf sperm whale...............................               0              22             203              87
Pygmy killer whale..............................               0               0               1            * 25
Short-finned pilot whale........................               0               0               5            * 36
Melon-headed whale..............................               0               0               1           * 152
Bottlenose dolphin..............................               0               0               2            * 32
Pantropical spotted dolphin.....................               0               0               3            * 40
Striped dolphin.................................               0               0               2            * 51
Spinner dolphin.................................               0               0               1        * \1\ 29
Rough-toothed dolphin...........................               0               0               3            * 22
Fraser's dolphin................................               0               0              10           * 273
Risso's dolphin.................................               0               0               2            * 25
Longman's beaked whale..........................               0               0               1            * 59
                                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
    Total.......................................               0              36             382             927
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Denotes an adjusted take value from what is represented in the modeled take numbers in Table 7. All mean group
  sizes were taken from Bradford et al. (2017) except spinner dolphins, because this value was not available in
  this publication.
\1\ Mean group size was taken from Baird (2016).

    Based on the mortality exposure estimates calculated by the 
acoustic model (and further supported by the anticipated effectiveness 
of the mitigation), zero marine mammals are expected to be affected by 
pressure levels associated with mortality or serious injury. Zero 
marine mammals are expected to be exposed to pressure levels associated 
with slight lung injury or gastrointestinal tract injury.
    NMFS considers PTS to fall under the injury category (Level A 
harassment). In this case, it would be highly unlikely for this 
scenario to unfold, given the nature of any anticipated acoustic 
exposures that could potentially result from a mobile marine mammal 
that NMFS generally expects to exhibit avoidance behavior to loud 
sounds within the BSURE area.
    NMFS has relied on the best available scientific information to 
support the issuance of 86 FWS's authorization. In the case of 
authorizing Level A harassment, NMFS has estimated that, although 
unlikely, four marine mammal species (humpback whale, minke whale, 
dwarf sperm whale, and pygmy sperm whale) could experience minor PTS of 
hearing sensitivity. The available data and analyses include 
extrapolation of the results of many studies on marine mammal noise-
induced TTS. An extensive review of TTS studies and experiments 
prompted NMFS to conclude that the possibility of minor PTS in the form 
of slight upward shift of hearing threshold at certain frequency

[[Page 21181]]

bands by one individual marine mammal is extremely low.

Analyses and Preliminary Determinations

Negligible Impact Analysis

    NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 as ``. . . 
an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be 
reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely 
affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of 
recruitment or survival.'' A negligible impact finding is based on the 
lack of likely adverse effects on annual rates of recruitment or 
survival (i.e., population-level effects). An estimate of the number of 
Level B harassment takes alone is not enough information on which to 
base an impact determination. In addition to considering estimates of 
the number of marine mammals that might be ``taken'' through Level B 
harassment, we consider other factors, such as the likely nature of any 
responses (e.g., intensity, duration), the context of any responses 
(e.g., critical reproductive time or location, migration), as well as 
the number and nature of estimated Level A harassment takes, the number 
of estimated mortalities, and effects on habitat. In making a 
negligible impact determination, NMFS considers the following:
    (1) The number of anticipated injuries, serious injuries, or 
mortalities;
    (2) The number, nature, intensity, and duration of Level B 
harassment takes;
    (3) The context in which the takes occur (i.e., impacts to areas of 
significance, impacts to local populations, and cumulative impacts when 
taking into account successive/contemporaneous actions when added to 
baseline data);
    (4) The status of stock or species of marine mammals (i.e., 
depleted, not depleted, decreasing, increasing, stable, impact relative 
to the size of the population);
    (5) Impacts on habitat affecting rates of recruitment/survival; and
    (6) The effectiveness of monitoring and mitigation measures to 
reduce the number or severity of incidental take.
    For reasons stated previously in this document, the specified 
activities are not likely to cause long-term behavioral disturbance, 
serious injury, or death.
    The takes from Level B harassment would be due to potential 
behavioral disturbance and TTS. The takes from Level A harassment would 
be due to potential PTS. Activities would occur only over a timeframe 
of five days each year in the summer months, over a maximum of four 
hours per day.
    Behavioral disruption due to Level B harassment would be limited to 
reactions such as startle responses, movements away from the area, and 
short-term changes to behavioral state. These impacts are expected to 
be temporary and of short duration. We do not anticipate that the 
effects would be detrimental to rates of recruitment and survival 
because we do not expect serious or extended behavioral responses that 
would result in energetic effects at the level to impact fitness.
    Noise-induced threshold shifts (TS, which includes TTS and PTS) are 
defined as increases in the threshold of audibility of the ear (i.e., 
the sound has to be louder to be detected) at a certain frequency or 
range of frequencies (ANSI 1995; Yost 2007). Several important factors 
relate to the magnitude of TS, such as level, duration, spectral 
content (frequency range), and temporal pattern (continuous, 
intermittent) of exposure (Yost 2007; Henderson et al., 2008). TS 
occurs in terms of frequency range (Hz or kHz), hearing threshold level 
(dB), or both frequency and hearing threshold level.
    TTS was modeled to occur in 15 species of marine mammals from 
mission activities. If TTS occurs, it is expected to be at low levels 
and of short duration. As explained above, TTS is temporary with no 
long term effects to species. The modeled take numbers are expected to 
be overestimates since NMFS expects that successful implementation of 
the required aerial-based mitigation measures could avoid TTS. Further, 
it is uncommon to sight marine mammals within the target area, 
especially for prolonged durations. Avoidance varies among individuals 
and depends on their activities or reasons for being in the area.
    There are different degrees of PTS: Ranging from slight/mild to 
moderate and from severe to profound. Profound PTS or the complete loss 
of the ability to hear in one or both ears is commonly referred to as 
deafness. High-frequency PTS, presumably as a normal process of aging 
that occurs in humans and other terrestrial mammals, has also been 
demonstrated in captive cetaceans (Ridgway and Carder, 1997; Yuen et 
al., 2005; Finneran et al., 2005; Houser and Finneran, 2006; Finneran 
et al., 2007; Schlundt et al., 2011) and in stranded individuals (Mann 
et al., 2010).
    In terms of what is analyzed for the potential PTS (Level A 
harassment) in marine mammals as a result of 86 FWS's LRS WSEP 
operations, if it occurs, NMFS has determined that the levels would be 
slight/mild because research shows that most cetaceans exhibit 
relatively high levels of avoidance. Further, it is uncommon to sight 
marine mammals within the target area, especially for prolonged 
durations. Avoidance varies among individuals and depends on their 
activities or reasons for being in the area.
    Accordingly, NMFS' predicted estimates for Level A harassment take 
(Table 8) are likely overestimates of the likely injury that will 
occur. NMFS expects that successful implementation of the required 
aerial-based mitigation measures could avoid Level A harassment take. 
Also, NMFS expects that some individuals would avoid the source at 
levels expected to result in injury. Nonetheless, although NMFS expects 
that Level A harassment is unlikely to occur at the numbers proposed to 
be authorized, because it is difficult to quantify the degree to which 
the mitigation and avoidance will reduce the number of animals that 
might incur PTS, NMFS is proposing to authorize (and analyze) the 
modeled number of Level A harassment takes, which does not take the 
mitigation or avoidance into consideration. However, we anticipate 
that, because of the proposed mitigation measures, and the likely short 
duration of exposures, any PTS incurred would be in the form of only a 
small degree of PTS, rather than total deafness.
    While animals may be impacted in the immediate vicinity of the 
activity, because of the short duration of the actual individual 
explosions themselves (versus continual sound source operation) 
combined with the short duration of the LRS WSEP operations (i.e., 
maximum of four hours per day over a maximum of five days per year), 
NMFS has preliminarily determined that there will not be a substantial 
impact on marine mammals or on the normal functioning of the nearshore 
or offshore waters off Kauai and its ecosystems. We do not expect that 
the proposed activity would impact rates of recruitment or survival of 
marine mammals, since we do not expect mortality (which would remove 
individuals from the population) or serious injury to occur. In 
addition, the proposed activity would not occur in areas (and/or at 
times) of significance for the marine mammal populations potentially 
affected by the exercises (e.g., feeding or resting areas, reproductive 
areas), and the activity would occur only in a small part of their 
overall range of those marine mammal populations, so the impact of any 
potential temporary displacement would be negligible and animals would 
be expected to return to the area after the cessation of activities. 
Although the proposed activity could result in Level

[[Page 21182]]

A harassment (PTS only, as opposed to slight lung injury or 
gastrointestinal tract injury) and Level B harassment (behavioral 
disturbance and TTS), the level of harassment is not anticipated to 
impact rates of recruitment or survival of marine mammals, because the 
number of exposed animals is expected to be low due to the short-term 
and site-specific nature of the activity.
    Moreover, the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures 
(described earlier in this preamble for the proposed rule) are expected 
to further minimize the potential for harassment. The protected species 
surveys would require 86 FWS to search the area for marine mammals, and 
if any are found in the impact zone, then the exercise would be 
suspended until the animals have left the area or relocated outside of 
the zone. Furthermore, LRS WSEP missions may be delayed or rescheduled 
for adverse weather conditions.
    In past missions (October 2016), the 86 FWS completed pre- and 
post-aerial surveys. The 86 FWS did not observe any marine mammals in 
the ZOI before missions occurred, and did not observe any marine 
mammals after missions were completed. The 86 FWS was authorized for 
Level A and Level B harassment takes of five species, but monitoring 
showed that they had zero takes of any species from mission activities.
    Based on NMFS' preliminary analysis of the likely effects of the 
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into 
consideration the implementation of the mitigation and monitoring 
measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that 86 FWS's LRS WSEP operations 
will result in the incidental take of marine mammals, by Level A and 
Level B harassment, and that the taking from the LRS WSEP activities 
will have a negligible impact on the affected species or stocks.

Impact on Availability of Affected Species for Taking for Subsistence 
Uses

    There are no relevant subsistence uses of marine mammals implicated 
by this action. Therefore, NMFS has preliminarily determined that the 
total taking of affected species or stocks would not have an 
unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or 
stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.

Endangered Species Act

    There is one marine mammal species under NMFS' jurisdiction that is 
listed as endangered under the Endangered Species Act (ESA) with 
confirmed or possible occurrence in the action area: The sei whale. In 
March 2017, NMFS initiated formal consultation under Section 7 of the 
ESA. The Biological Opinion will analyze the effects to the one ESA 
listed species by the 86 FWS' LRS WSEP activities.

National Environmental Policy Act

    In 2016, 86 FWS provided NMFS with an Environmental Assessment (EA) 
titled, Environmental Assessment/Overseas Environmental Assessment for 
the Long Range Strike Weapon Systems Evaluation Program at the Pacific 
Missile Range Facility at Kauai, Hawaii. The EA analyzed the direct, 
indirect, and cumulative environmental impacts of the specified 
activities on marine mammals. NMFS will review and evaluate the 86 FWS 
EA for consistency with the regulations published by the Council of 
Environmental Quality (CEQ) and NOAA Administrative Order 216-6, 
Environmental Review Procedures for Implementing the National 
Environmental Policy Act, and determine whether or not to adopt the EA. 
Information in 86 FWS's application, the EA, and this notice 
collectively provide the environmental information related to proposed 
issuance of the regulations for public review and comment. We will 
review all comments submitted in response to this notice as we complete 
the NEPA process, including the decision of whether to sign a Finding 
of No Significant Impact (FONSI) prior to a final decision on the LOA 
request. The 2016 NEPA documents are available for review at 
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental/military.html.

Classification

    The Office of Management and Budget has determined that this 
proposed rule is not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.
    Pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601 et 
seq.), the Chief Counsel for Regulation of the Department of Commerce 
has certified to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business 
Administration that this proposed rule, if adopted, would not have a 
significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. 
The RFA requires a Federal agency to prepare an analysis of a rule's 
impact on small entities whenever the agency is required to publish a 
notice of proposed rulemaking. However, a Federal agency may certify, 
pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 605(b), that the action will not have a 
significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. 
A description of this proposed rule and its purpose are found earlier 
in the preamble for this action and is not repeated here. 86 FWS is the 
sole entity that will be affected by this rulemaking and is not a small 
governmental jurisdiction, small organization, or small business, as 
defined by the RFA. Any requirements imposed by LOAs issued pursuant to 
these regulations, and any monitoring or reporting requirements imposed 
by these regulations, will be applicable only to 86 FWS.
    NMFS does not expect the issuance of these regulations or the 
associated LOAs to result in any impacts to small entities pursuant to 
the RFA. Because this action, if adopted, would directly affect 86 FWS 
and not a small entity, NMFS concludes the action would not result in a 
significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. 
Accordingly, no regulatory flexibility analysis is necessary, and none 
has been prepared.
    This action does not contain any collection of information 
requirements for purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (44 
U.S.C. 3501 et seq.).

List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 218

    Regulations governing the taking and importing of marine mammals.

    Dated: May 2, 2017.
Alan D. Risenhoover,
Acting Deputy Assistant Administrator for Regulatory Programs, National 
Marine Fisheries Service.

    For reasons set forth in the preamble, 50 CFR part 218 is proposed 
to be amended as follows:

PART 218--REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE TAKE OF MARINE MAMMALS 
INCIDENTAL TO SPECIFIED ACTIVITIES

0
1. The authority citation for part 218 continues to read as follows:

    Authority:  16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq., unless otherwise noted.

0
2. Add subpart F to part 218 to read as follows:

Subpart F--Taking of Marine Mammals Incidental to the U.S. Air 
Force 86 Fighter Weapons Squadron Conducting Long Range Strike 
Weapons System Evaluation Program at the Pacific Missile Range 
Facility at Kauai, Hawaii.

Sec.
218.50 Specified activity and specified geographical region.
218.51 Effective dates.
218.52 Permissible methods of taking.
218.53 Prohibitions.
218.54 Mitigation.
218.55 Requirements for monitoring and reporting.
218.56 Letters of Authorization.

[[Page 21183]]

218.57 Renewals and Modifications of Letters of Authorization.
218.58 [Reserved]
218.59 [Reserved]


Sec.  218.50  Specified activity and specified geographical region.

    (a) Regulations in this subpart apply only to the 86 Fighter 
Weapons Squadron (86 FWS) and those persons it authorizes to conduct 
activities on its behalf, for the taking of marine mammals as outlined 
in paragraph (b) of this section and incidental to Long Range Strike 
Weapons System Evaluation Program (LRS WSEP) missions.
    (b) The taking of marine mammals by 86 FWS pursuant to a Letter of 
Authorization (LOA) is authorized only if it occurs at the Barking 
Sands Underwater Range Expansion (BSURE) area of the Pacific Missile 
Range Facility (PMRF) off Kauai, Hawaii.


Sec.  218.51  Effective dates.

    Regulations in this subpart are effective August 23, 2017, through 
August 22, 2022.


Sec.  218.52  Permissible methods of taking.

    Under a Letter of Authorization (LOA) issued pursuant to Sec.  
216.106 and Sec.  218.56 of this chapter, the Holder of the LOA (herein 
after 86 FWS) may incidentally, but not intentionally, take marine 
mammals by Level A and Level B harassment associated with LRS WSEP 
activities within the area described in Sec.  218.50 of this subpart, 
provided the activities are in compliance with all terms, conditions, 
and requirements of these regulations in this subpart and the 
appropriate LOA.


Sec.  218.53  Prohibitions.

    Notwithstanding takings contemplated in Sec.  218.50 and authorized 
by an LOA issued under Sec.  216.106 and Sec.  218.56 of this chapter, 
no person in connection with the activities described in Sec.  218.50 
of this chapter may:
    (a) Violate, or fail to comply with, the terms, conditions, and 
requirements of this subpart or an LOA issued under Sec.  216.106 and 
Sec.  218.56 of this chapter.
    (b) Take any marine mammal not specified in such LOAs;
    (c) Take any marine mammal specified in such LOAs in any manner 
other than as specified;
    (d) Take a marine mammal specified in such LOAs if NMFS determines 
such taking results in more than a negligible impact on the species or 
stocks of such marine mammal; or
    (e) Take a marine mammal specified in such LOAs if NMFS determines 
such taking results in an unmitigable adverse impact on the species or 
stock of such marine mammal for taking for subsistence uses.


Sec.  218.54  Mitigation requirements.

    When conducting activities identified in Sec.  218.50 of this 
chapter, the mitigation measures contained in the LOA issued under 
Sec.  216.106 and Sec.  218.56 of this chapter must be implemented. 
These mitigation measures shall include but are not limited to the 
following general conditions:
    (a) If daytime weather and/or sea conditions preclude adequate 
monitoring for detecting marine mammals and other marine life, LRS WSEP 
strike operations must be delayed until adequate sea conditions exist 
for monitoring to be undertaken.
    (b) Restrictions on time of activities; missions will only occur 
during day-light hours, on weekdays, and only during the summer or fall 
months.
    (c) Visual aerial surveys before and after mission activities each 
day.
    (d) Required delay of mission activities if a protected species is 
observed in the impact zones. Mission activities cannot resume until 
one of the following conditions is met:
    (1) The animal is observed exiting the impact area; or
    (2) The impact area has been clear of any additional sightings for 
a period of 30 minutes.
    (e) If post-mission surveys determine that an injury or lethal take 
of a marine mammal has occurred, the next mission will be suspended 
until the test procedure and the monitoring methods have been reviewed 
with NMFS and appropriate changes made.
    (f) Additional mitigation measures as contained in an LOA.


Sec.  218.55  Requirements for monitoring and reporting.

    (a) Holders of LOAs issued pursuant to Sec.  218.56 for activities 
described in Sec.  218.50(a) are required to cooperate with NMFS, and 
any other Federal, state, or local agency with authority to monitor the 
impacts of the activity on marine mammals. Unless specified otherwise 
in the LOA, the Holder of the LOA must notify the Pacific Islands 
Region Stranding Coordinator, NMFS, by email, at least 72 hours prior 
to LRS WSEP missions. If the authorized activity identified in Sec.  
218.50(a) is thought to have resulted in the mortality or injury of any 
marine mammals or take of marine mammals not identified in Sec.  
218.50(b), then the Holder of the LOA must notify the Director, Office 
of Protected Resources, NMFS, or designee, by telephone (301-427-8401), 
within 48 hours of the injury or death. The Holder of the LOA must also 
contact the Pacific Islands Region stranding coordinator, NMFS, by 
email, at least one business day after completion of missions to 
declare that missions are complete.
    (b) The Holder of the LOA will use mission reporting forms to track 
their use of the PMRF BSURE area for the LRS WSEP missions and to track 
marine mammal observations.
    (c) Aerial surveys--Pre-mission aerial surveys and post-mission 
aerial surveys will be conducted. Pre-mission surveys would begin 
approximately one hour prior to detonation. Post-detonation monitoring 
surveys will commence once the mission has ended or, if required, as 
soon as personnel declare the mission area safe. The proposed 
monitoring area would be approximately 8 miles (13 kilometers) from the 
target area radius around the impact point, with surveys typically 
flown in a star pattern. Aerial surveys would be conducted at an 
altitude of about 200 feet, but altitude may vary somewhat depending on 
sea state and atmospheric conditions. If adverse weather conditions 
preclude the ability for aircraft to safely operate, missions would 
either be delayed until the weather clears or cancelled for the day. 
The observers will be provided with the GPS location of the impact 
area. Once the aircraft reaches the impact area, pre-mission surveys 
typically last for 30 minutes, depending on the survey pattern. The 
aircraft may fly the survey pattern multiple times.
    (d) The Holder of the LOA is required to:
    (1) Submit a draft report to NMFS OPR on all monitoring conducted 
under the LOA within 90 days of the completion of marine mammal 
monitoring, or 60 days prior to the issuance of any subsequent LOA for 
projects at the PMRF, whichever comes first. A final report shall be 
prepared and submitted within 30 days following resolution of comments 
on the draft report from NMFS. This report must contain the 
informational elements described in the Monitoring Plan, at a minimum 
(see www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental/construction.htm), and 
shall also include:
    (i) Date and time of each LRS WSEP mission;
    (ii) A complete description of the pre-exercise and post-exercise 
activities related to mitigating and monitoring the effects of LRS WSEP 
missions on marine mammal populations; and
    (iii) Results of the monitoring program, including numbers by 
species/stock of any marine mammals noted injured or killed as a result 
of the LRS

[[Page 21184]]

WSEP mission and number of marine mammals (by species if possible) that 
may have been harassed due to presence within the zone of influence.
    (2) The draft report will be subject to review and comment by NMFS. 
Any recommendations made by NMFS must be addressed in the final report 
prior to acceptance by NMFS. The draft report will be considered the 
final report for this activity under the LOA if NMFS has not provided 
comments and recommendations within 90 days of receipt of the draft 
report.
    (e) Reporting injured or dead marine mammals:
    (1) In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly 
causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by the LOA, 
such as an injury for species not authorized (Level A harassment), 
serious injury, or mortality, 86 FWS shall immediately cease the 
specified activities and report the incident to the Office of Protected 
Resources, NMFS, and the Pacific Islands Regional Stranding 
Coordinator, NMFS. The report must include the following information:
    (i) Time and date of the incident;
    (ii) Description of the incident;
    (iii) Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction, 
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
    (iv) Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours 
preceding the incident;
    (v) Species identification or description of the animal(s) 
involved;
    (vi) Fate of the animal(s); and
    (vii) Photographs or video footage of the animal(s).
    (2) Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the 
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS will work with 86 FWS to 
determine what measures are necessary to minimize the likelihood of 
further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. The 86 FWS may not 
resume their activities until notified by NMFS.
    (3) In the event that 86 FWS discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead observer determines that the cause of the injury 
or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (e.g., in less 
than a moderate state of decomposition), 86 FWS shall immediately 
report the incident to the Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the 
Pacific Islands Regional Stranding Coordinator, NMFS.
    (4) The report must include the same information identified in 
paragraph (e)(i) of this section. Activities may continue while NMFS 
reviews the circumstances of the incident. NMFS will work with 86 FWS 
to determine whether additional mitigation measures or modifications to 
the activities are appropriate.
    (5) In the event that 86 FWS discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead observer determines that the injury or death is 
not associated with or related to the activities authorized in the LOA 
(e.g., previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced 
decomposition, scavenger damage), 86 FWS shall report the incident to 
the Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the Pacific Islands 
Regional Stranding Coordinator, NMFS, within 24 hours of the discovery. 
The 86 FWS shall provide photographs or video footage or other 
documentation of the stranded animal sighting to NMFS.
    (f) Additional Conditions. (1) The Holder of the LOA must inform 
the Director, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301-427-8400) or 
designee (301-427-8401) prior to the initiation of any changes to the 
monitoring plan for a specified mission activity.
    (2) A copy of the LOA must be in the possession of the safety 
officer on duty each day that long range strike missions are conducted.
    (3) The LOA may be modified, suspended or withdrawn if the holder 
fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein, or if NMFS 
determines the authorized taking is having more than a negligible 
impact on the species or stock of affected marine mammals.


Sec.  218.56  Letters of Authorization.

    (a) To incidentally take marine mammals pursuant to these 
regulations, 86 FWS must apply for and obtain an LOA.
    (b) An LOA, unless suspended or revoked, may be effective for a 
period of time not to exceed the expiration date of these regulations.
    (c) If an LOA expires prior to the expiration date of these 
regulations, 86 FWS must apply for and obtain a renewal of the LOA.
    (d) In the event of projected changes to the activity or to 
mitigation and monitoring measures required by an LOA, 86 FWS must 
apply for and obtain a modification of the LOA as described in Sec.  
218.57.
    (e) The LOA will set forth:
    (1) Permissible methods of incidental taking;
    (2) The number of marine mammals, by species and age class, 
authorized to be taken;
    (3) Means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact (i.e., 
mitigation) on the species of marine mammals authorized for taking, on 
its habitat, and on the availability of the species for subsistence 
uses; and
    (4) Requirements for monitoring and reporting.
    (f) Issuance of an LOA shall be based on a determination that the 
level of taking will be consistent with the findings made for the total 
taking allowable under these regulations.
    (g) Notice of issuance or denial of an LOA will be published in the 
Federal Register within 30 days of a determination.


Sec.  218.57  Renewals and Modifications of Letters of Authorization.

    (a) An LOA issued under Sec.  216.106 and Sec.  218.56 of this 
chapter for the activity identified in Sec.  218.50(a) will be renewed 
or modified upon request by the applicant, provided that:
    (1) The proposed specified activity and mitigation, monitoring, and 
reporting measures, as well as the anticipated impacts, are the same as 
those described and analyzed for these regulations (excluding changes 
made pursuant to the adaptive management provision in paragraph (c)(1) 
of this section), and
    (2) NMFS determines that the mitigation, monitoring, and reporting 
measures required by the previous LOA under these regulations were 
implemented.
    (b) For an LOA modification or renewal request by the applicant 
that include changes to the activity or the mitigation, monitoring, or 
reporting (excluding changes made pursuant to the adaptive management 
provision in paragraph (c)(1) of this section) that do not change the 
findings made for the regulations or result in no more than a minor 
change in the total estimated number of takes (or distribution by 
species or years), NMFS may publish a notice of proposed LOA in the 
Federal Register, including the associated analysis illustrating the 
change, and solicit public comment before issuing the LOA.
    (c) An LOA issued under Sec.  216.106 and Sec.  218.56 of this 
chapter for the activity identified in Sec.  218.50(a) may be modified 
by NMFS under the following circumstances:
    (1) Adaptive Management--NMFS may modify (including augment) the 
existing mitigation, monitoring, or reporting measures (after 
consulting with 86 FWS regarding the practicability of the 
modifications) if doing so creates a reasonable likelihood of more 
effectively accomplishing the goals of the mitigation and monitoring 
set forth in the preamble for these regulations.

[[Page 21185]]

    (i) Possible sources of data that could contribute to the decision 
to modify the mitigation, monitoring, or reporting measures in an LOA 
are:
    (A) Results from 86 FWS's monitoring from previous years;
    (B) Results from other marine mammal and sound research or studies; 
and
    (C) Any information that reveals marine mammals may have been taken 
in a manner, extent or number not authorized by these regulations or 
subsequent LOAs.
    (ii) If, through adaptive management, the modifications to the 
mitigation, monitoring, or reporting measures are substantial, NMFS 
will publish a notice of proposed LOA in the Federal Register and 
solicit public comment.
    (2) Emergencies--If NMFS determines that an emergency exists that 
poses a significant risk to the well-being of the species or stocks of 
marine mammals specified LOAs issued pursuant to Sec.  216.106 and 
218.50 of this chapter, an LOA may be modified without prior notice or 
opportunity for public comment. Notice would be published in the 
Federal Register within 30 days of the action.


218.58   [Reserved]


218.59   [Reserved]

[FR Doc. 2017-09137 Filed 5-4-17; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 3510-22-P



                                                    21156                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                    April 5, 2017. We are extending the                     associations will adjust to what was                  DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
                                                    comment period to allow the public                      originally intended. We note that until
                                                    more time to comment on the proposed                    a final rule is produced, the 2016 rates              National Oceanic and Atmospheric
                                                    rulemaking. The comment period is                       will stay in effect, even if a final rule is          Administration
                                                    now open through June 5, 2017.                          not published by the start of the 2017
                                                    DATES: The comment period for the                       season.                                               50 CFR Part 218
                                                    proposed rule published April 5, 2017                                                                         [Docket No. 201135–7135–01]
                                                    (82 FR 16542) is extended. Comments                     Public Participation and Request for
                                                    and related material must be received by                Comments                                              RIN 0648–BG65
                                                    the Coast Guard on or before June 5,                       We view public participation as                    Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to
                                                    2017.                                                   essential to effective rulemaking, and                Specified Activities; Taking Marine
                                                    ADDRESSES:   You may submit comments                    will consider all comments and material               Mammals Incidental to the U.S. Air
                                                    identified by docket number USCG–                       received during the comment period.                   Force 86 Fighter Weapons Squadron
                                                    2016–0268 using the Federal                             Your comment can help shape the                       Conducting Long Range Strike
                                                    eRulemaking Portal at http://                           outcome of this rulemaking. If you                    Weapons System Evaluation Program
                                                    www.regulations.gov. See the ‘‘Public                   submit a comment, please include the                  at the Pacific Missile Range Facility at
                                                    Participation and Request for                           docket number for this rulemaking,                    Kauai, Hawaii
                                                    Comments’’ portion of the                               indicate the specific section of this                 AGENCY:  National Marine Fisheries
                                                    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section for                   document to which each comment                        Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
                                                    further instructions on submitting                      applies, and provide a reason for each                Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
                                                    comments.                                               suggestion or recommendation.                         Commerce.
                                                    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:      If                   We encourage you to submit                         ACTION: Proposed rule; request for
                                                    you have questions about this proposed                  comments through the Federal                          comments.
                                                    rulemaking, call or email Mr. Todd                      eRulemaking Portal at http://
                                                    Haviland, Director, Great Lakes Pilotage,               www.regulations.gov. If your material                 SUMMARY:    NMFS has received an
                                                    Commandant (CG–WWM–2), Coast                                                                                  application, pursuant to the Marine
                                                                                                            cannot be submitted using http://
                                                    Guard; telephone 202–372–2037, email                                                                          Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), from
                                                                                                            www.regulations.gov, contact the person
                                                    Todd.A.Haviland@uscg.mil, or fax 202–                                                                         the U.S. Air Force 86 Fighter Weapons
                                                                                                            in the FOR FURTHER INFORMATION                        Squadron (86 FWS) for authorization to
                                                    372–1914.
                                                                                                            CONTACT section of this document for
                                                    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The Coast                                                                          take marine mammals incidental to
                                                                                                            alternate instructions.                               Long Range Strike Weapons System
                                                    Guard is adding an additional 30 days
                                                    to the comment period on the                               We accept anonymous comments. All                  Evaluation Program (LRS WSEP)
                                                    supplemental notice of proposed                         comments received will be posted                      activities in the Barking Sands
                                                    rulemaking (SNPRM) for ‘‘Great Lakes                    without change to http://                             Underwater Range Expansion (BSURE)
                                                    Pilotage Rates—2017 Annual Review’’                     www.regulations.gov and will include                  area of the Pacific Missile Range Facility
                                                    published in the Federal Register on                    any personal information you have                     (PMRF) off Kauai, Hawaii, for the period
                                                    April 5, 2017 (82 FR 16542). We                         provided. For more about privacy and                  of August 23, 2017, through August 22,
                                                    received a request to extend the                        the docket, visit http://                             2022. NMFS is proposing regulations to
                                                    comment period 60 days and to hold a                    www.regulations.gov/privacyNotice.                    govern that take, and requests comments
                                                    public meeting. The requester cited the                                                                       on the proposed regulations.
                                                                                                               The SNPRM we are seeking comments
                                                    significance of the issues and the                                                                            DATES: Comments and information must
                                                                                                            on, and documents mentioned in the
                                                    questions raised by the SNPRM. We do                                                                          be received no later than June 5, 2017.
                                                                                                            SNPRM as being available in the
                                                    not see a need for a public meeting and                                                                       ADDRESSES: You may submit comments
                                                                                                            docket—including all public comments,
                                                    believe that an additional 30 days                                                                            on this document by either of the
                                                                                                            will be in our online docket at http://
                                                    should provide sufficient time to                                                                             following methods:
                                                                                                            www.regulations.gov and can be viewed
                                                    comment on the proposed rule. The                                                                                • Electronic submission: Submit all
                                                    comment period is now open through                      by following that Web site’s
                                                                                                                                                                  electronic public comments via the
                                                    June 5, 2017.                                           instructions. Additionally, if you go to              Federal e-Rulemaking Portal. Go to
                                                       As we stated in the summary of the                   the online docket and sign up for email               www.regulations.gov, enter 0648–BG65
                                                    SNPRM, the Coast Guard proposes to                      alerts, you will be notified when                     in the ‘‘Search’’ box, click the
                                                    modify its calculations for hourly                      comments are posted or a final rule is                ‘‘Comment Now!’’ icon, complete the
                                                    pilotage rates on the Great Lakes by                    published.                                            required fields, and enter or attach your
                                                    accounting for the ‘‘weighting factor,’’                  Dated: May 2, 2017.                                 comments.
                                                    which is a multiplier that can increase                 Michael D. Emerson,                                      • Mail: Comments should be
                                                    the pilotage costs for larger vessels                                                                         addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,
                                                                                                            Director, Marine Transportation Systems,
                                                    traversing areas in the Great Lakes by a                                                                      Permits and Conservation Division,
                                                                                                            U.S. Coast Guard.
                                                    factor of up to 1.45. While the weighting                                                                     Office of Protected Resources, National
                                                                                                            [FR Doc. 2017–09177 Filed 5–4–17; 8:45 am]
                                                    factor has existed for decades, it has                                                                        Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East
                                                    never been included in any of the                       BILLING CODE 9110–04–P                                West Highway, Silver Spring, MD
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    previous ratemaking calculations. We                                                                          20910.
                                                    propose to add steps to our rate-setting                                                                         Instructions: NMFS may not consider
                                                    methodology to adjust hourly rates                                                                            comments if they are sent by any other
                                                    downwards by an amount equal to the                                                                           method, to any other address or
                                                    average weighting factor, so that when                                                                        individual, or received after the end of
                                                    the weighting factor is applied, the cost                                                                     the comment period. Attachments to
                                                    to the shippers and the corresponding                                                                         electronic comments will be accepted in
                                                    revenue generated for the pilot                                                                               Microsoft Word or Excel or Adobe PDF


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                           21157

                                                    file formats only. To help NMFS process                 Legal Authority for the Proposed Action                  • Conducting visual aerial surveys
                                                    and review comments more efficiently,                      Section 101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA (16               before and after mission activities each
                                                    please use only one method to submit                    U.S.C. 1371(a)(5)(A) directs the                      day.
                                                    comments. All comments received are a                                                                            • Delaying mission activities if a
                                                                                                            Secretary of Commerce to allow, upon
                                                    part of the public record and will                                                                            protected species is observed in the
                                                                                                            request, the incidental, but not
                                                    generally be posted on                                                                                        impact zones, and resuming only after
                                                                                                            intentional taking of small numbers of
                                                    www.regulations.gov without change.                                                                           one of the following conditions is met:
                                                                                                            marine mammals by U.S. citizens who
                                                    All personal identifying information                                                                          (1) The animal is observed exiting the
                                                                                                            engage in a specified activity (other than
                                                    (e.g., name, address) voluntarily                                                                             impact area; or (2) the impact area has
                                                                                                            commercial fishing) within a specified
                                                    submitted by the commenter may be                                                                             been clear of any additional sightings
                                                                                                            geographical region for up to five years
                                                    publicly accessible. Do not submit                                                                            for a period of 30 minutes.
                                                                                                            if, after notice and public comment, the                 • If daytime weather and/or sea
                                                    confidential business information or                    agency makes certain findings and
                                                    otherwise sensitive or protected                                                                              conditions preclude adequate
                                                                                                            issues regulations that set forth                     monitoring for detecting marine
                                                    information. NMFS will accept                           permissible methods of taking pursuant
                                                    anonymous comments (enter N/A in the                                                                          mammals and other marine life,
                                                                                                            to that activity, as well as monitoring               delaying LRS WSEP strike operations
                                                    required fields if you wish to remain                   and reporting requirements. Section
                                                    anonymous).                                                                                                   until adequate sea conditions exist for
                                                                                                            101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA and the                      monitoring to be undertaken.
                                                                                                            implementing regulations at 50 CFR part                  • Using mission reporting forms to
                                                    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
                                                                                                            216, subpart I provide the legal basis for            track the use of the PMRF for missions
                                                    Jaclyn Daly, Office of Protected
                                                                                                            issuing this proposed rule containing                 and protected species observations.
                                                    Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8401.
                                                                                                            five-year regulations, and for any                       • Submitting a summary report of
                                                    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:                              subsequent Letters of Authorization                   marine mammal observations and LRS
                                                                                                            (LOA) issued pursuant to those                        WSEP activities to the NMFS Pacific
                                                    Availability                                            regulations. As directed by this legal                Islands Regional Office (PIRO) and the
                                                       A copy of 86 FWS’s application and                   authority, this proposed rule contains                Office of Protected Resources 90 days
                                                    any supporting documents, as well as a                  mitigation, monitoring, and reporting                 after expiration of the current
                                                    list of the references cited in this                    requirements.                                         authorization.
                                                    document, may be obtained online at:                       The National Defense Authorization                    • Using Passive Acoustic Monitoring
                                                    www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/                           Act for Fiscal Year 2004 (Section 319,                (PAM) by using the Navy’s hydrophones
                                                    incidental/military.htm. In case of                     Pub. L. 108–136, November 24, 2003)                   within the PMRF to collect data before,
                                                    problems accessing these documents,                     (NDAA of 2004) removed the ‘‘small                    during, and after LRS WSEP missions.
                                                                                                            numbers’’ and ‘‘specified geographical                This data will be stored at Space and
                                                    please call the contact listed above (see
                                                                                                            region’’ limitations indicated earlier and            Naval Warfare Systems Command
                                                    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT). The
                                                                                                            amended the definition of harassment as               (SPAWAR) to be analyzed as funding
                                                    following associated documents are also
                                                                                                            it applies to a ‘‘military readiness                  allows.
                                                    available at the same internet address:
                                                    list of the references used in this
                                                                                                            activity’’ to read as follows (Section                   • If unauthorized takes of marine
                                                                                                            3(18)(B) of the MMPA, 16 U.S.C.                       mammals (i.e., serious injury or
                                                    document, the seasonal parameters
                                                                                                            1362(18)(B)): ‘‘(i) Any act that injures or           mortality) occur, ceasing operations and
                                                    memo, and 86 FWS’s Environmental
                                                                                                            has the significant potential to injure a             reporting to NMFS and to the respective
                                                    Assessment (EA) titled, ‘‘Environmental
                                                                                                            marine mammal or marine mammal                        Pacific Islands Region stranding
                                                    Assessment/Overseas Environmental
                                                                                                            stock in the wild’’ (Level A                          network representative immediately and
                                                    Assessment for the Long Range Strike
                                                                                                            Harassment); ‘‘or (ii) any act that                   submitting a report to NMFS within 24
                                                    Weapon Systems Evaluation Program at                    disturbs or is likely to disturb a marine             hours.
                                                    the Pacific Missile Range Facility at                   mammal or marine mammal stock in the
                                                    Kauai, Hawaii.’’ Documents cited in this                                                                      Background
                                                                                                            wild by causing disruption of natural
                                                    notice may also be viewed, by                           behavioral patterns, including, but not                  Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the
                                                    appointment, during regular business                    limited to, migration, surfacing, nursing,            MMPA(16 U.S.C. 1371(a)(5)(A) and (D))
                                                    hours, at the aforementioned address.                   breeding, feeding, or sheltering, to a                direct the Secretary of Commerce to
                                                    Purpose and Need for Regulatory                         point where such behavioral patterns                  allow, upon request, the incidental, but
                                                    Action                                                  are abandoned or significantly altered’’              not intentional, taking of small numbers
                                                                                                            (Level B Harassment).                                 of marine mammals of a species or
                                                       This proposed rule, to be issued                                                                           population stock, by U.S. citizens who
                                                    under the authority of the MMPA,                        Summary of Major Provisions Within                    engage in a specified activity (other than
                                                    would establish a framework for                         the Proposed Rule                                     commercial fishing) within a specified
                                                    authorizing the take of marine mammals                    Following is a summary of some of                   geographical region if certain findings
                                                    incidental to LRS WSEP activities in the                the major provisions in this proposed                 are made and either regulations are
                                                    BSURE area of the PMRF off Kauai,                       rule for 86 FWS’s LRS WSEP activities.                issued or, if the taking is limited to
                                                    Hawaii. We received an application                      We have preliminarily determined that                 harassment, a notice of a proposed
                                                    from 86 FWS requesting 5-year                           86 FWS’s adherence to the proposed                    authorization is provided to the public
                                                    regulations and authorization for the                   mitigation, monitoring, and reporting                 for review. An authorization for
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    take, by Level B harassment, of 16                      measures listed below would achieve                   incidental takings shall be granted if
                                                    species of marine mammals, and, by                      the least practicable adverse impact on               NMFS finds that the taking will have a
                                                    Level A harassment of 4 of those                        the affected marine mammals. They                     negligible impact on the species or
                                                    species. The regulations would be valid                 include:                                              stock(s), will not have an unmitigable
                                                    from August 23, 2017, to August 22,                       • Restricting time of activities to                 adverse impact on the availability of the
                                                    2022. Please see Background below for                   missions that will occur only during                  species or stock(s) for subsistence uses
                                                    definitions of Level A and Level B                      day-light hours, only on weekdays, and                (where relevant), and if the permissible
                                                    harassment.                                             only during the summer or fall months.                methods of taking and requirements


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                    21158                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                    pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring                strike weapons within the U.S. Navy’s                 feet (ft) (4,645 meters (m)). (see Figure
                                                    and reporting of such takings are set                   Hawaii Range Complex (HRC). LRS                       2–2 of 86 FWS’s application). All
                                                    forth. NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible                    WSEP objectives are to evaluate air-to-               activities will take place within the
                                                    impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact                 surface and maritime weapon                           PMRF, which is located in Hawaii off
                                                    resulting from the specified activity that              employment data, evaluate tactics,                    the western shores of the island of Kauai
                                                    cannot be reasonably expected to, and is                techniques, and procedures in an                      and includes broad ocean areas to the
                                                    not reasonably likely to, adversely affect              operationally realistic environment and               north, south, and west (see Figure 2–1
                                                    the species or stock through effects on                 to determine the impact of tactics,                   of 86 FWS’s application).
                                                    annual rates of recruitment or survival.                techniques, and procedures on combat                    Within the PMRF, activities would
                                                                                                            Air Force training. The munitions                     occur in the BSURE area, which lies in
                                                    Summary of Request                                      associated with the proposed activities               Warning Area 188A (W–188A). The
                                                      On June 23, 2016, NMFS received a                     are not part of a typical unit’s training             BSURE consists of about 900 nmi 2 of
                                                    request for regulations from 86 FWS for                 allocations and, prior to attending a                 instrumented underwater ranges,
                                                    the taking of small numbers of marine                   WSEP evaluation, most pilots and                      encompassing the deep-water portion of
                                                    mammals incidental to LRS WSEP                          weapon systems officers have only                     the PMRF and providing over 80
                                                    activities in the BSURE area of the                     dropped weapons in simulators or used                 percent of the PMRF’s underwater
                                                    PMRF off Kauai, Hawaii. We received                     the aircraft’s simulation mode. Without               scoring capability. The BSURE
                                                    revised drafts on November 29, 2016,                    WSEP operations, pilots would be using                facilitates training, tactics, development,
                                                    and December 21, 2016, which we                         these weapons for the first time in                   and test and evaluation for air, surface,
                                                    considered adequate and complete. On                    combat. On average, half of the                       and subsurface weapons systems in
                                                    January 6, 2017, we published a notice                  participants in each unit drop an actual              deep water. It provides a full spectrum
                                                    of receipt of 86 FWS’s application in the               weapon for the first time during a WSEP               of range support, including radar,
                                                    Federal Register (82 FR 1702),                          evaluation. Consequently, WSEP is a                   underwater instrumentation, telemetry,
                                                    requesting comments and information                     military readiness activity and is the last           electronic warfare, remote target
                                                    for thirty days related to 86 FWS’s                     opportunity for squadrons to receive                  command and control, communications,
                                                    request. We received comments from                      operational training and evaluations                  data display and processing, and target/
                                                    private citizens, one marine mammal                     before they deploy.                                   weapon launching and recovery
                                                    research organization, and six non-                        LRSWSEP missions involve the use of                facilities. The underwater tracking
                                                    governmental organization (NGOs),                       multiple types of live and inert                      system begins 9 nmi (17 km) from the
                                                    which we considered in the                              munitions (bombs and missiles) scored                 north shore of Kauai and extends out to
                                                    development of this proposed rule.                      above, at, or just below the water’s                  40 nmi (74 km) from shore. The LRS
                                                      The 86 FWS proposes taking marine                     surface in the BSURE (Table 1). The                   WSEP missions would employ live
                                                    mammals incidental to LRS WSEP                          ordnance may be delivered by multiple                 weapons with long flight paths
                                                    activities by Level B harassment of 16                  types of aircraft, including bombers and              requiring large amounts of airspace, and
                                                    species of marine mammals and by                        fighter aircraft. Weapon performance                  would conclude with weapon impact
                                                    Level A harassment of 4 of those                        will be evaluated by an underwater                    and surface detonations within the
                                                    species. NMFS has previously issued an                  acoustic hydrophone array system as the               BSURE instrumented range.
                                                    incidental harassment authorization                     weapons strike the water surface. Net
                                                                                                                                                                  Detailed Description of Activities
                                                    (IHA) to 86 FWS authorizing the taking                  explosive weight of the live munitions
                                                                                                            ranges from 23 to 300 pounds (lbs).                      The LRS WSEP training missions,
                                                    of marine mammals incidental to LRS
                                                                                                            Missions will occur annually over five                classified as military readiness
                                                    WSEP activities in the BSURE area of
                                                                                                            years from 2017 and 2021 (see Table 1),               activities, refer to the deployment of live
                                                    the PMRF in 2016 (81 FR 67971;
                                                                                                            primarily during the summer but may                   (containing explosive charges) missiles
                                                    October 3, 2016). The regulations
                                                                                                            occur in the fall as well. All missions               and bombs from aircraft toward the
                                                    proposed in this action, if issued, would
                                                                                                            will be conducted during daylight                     water surface. Depending on the
                                                    be effective from August 23, 2017,
                                                                                                            hours. LRS WSEP missions could                        requirements of a given mission,
                                                    through August 22, 2022.
                                                                                                            potentially take 16 species of marine                 munitions may be inert (containing no
                                                    Description of the Specified Activity                   mammals by Level B harassment, and                    explosives or only a ‘‘spotting’’ charge)
                                                                                                            additionally, 4 of those species by Level             or live (containing explosive charges).
                                                    Overview
                                                                                                            A harassment.                                         Live munitions may detonate above, at,
                                                      The 86 FWS proposes to conduct air-                                                                         or slightly below the water surface. The
                                                    to-surface missions in the BSURE area                   Dates and Duration                                    actions include air-to-surface test
                                                    of the PMRF. The LRS WSEP test                             The specified activity may occur                   missions of the Joint Air-to-Surface
                                                    objective is to conduct operational                     during the summer months, or less                     Stand-off Missile/Joint Air-to-Surface
                                                    evaluations of long range strike weapons                likely in fall months, during the five-               Stand-off Missile-Extended Range
                                                    and other munitions as part of LRS                      year period of validity of the proposed               (JASSM/JASSM–ER), Small Diameter
                                                    WSEP operations to properly train units                 regulations. Missions will occur only on              Bomb-I/II (SDB–I/II), High-speed Anti-
                                                    to execute requirements within                          weekdays during daytime hours.                        Radiation Missile (HARM), Joint Direct
                                                    Designed Operational Capability                         Missions will occur, on average,                      Attack Munition/Laser Joint Direct
                                                    Statements, which describe units’ real-                 approximately five days per year on                   Attack Munition (JDAM/LJDAM), and
                                                    world operational expectations in a time                consecutive days. The LOA would be                    Miniature Air-Launched Decoy (MALD),
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    of war. Due to threats to national                      valid from August 20, 2017, through                   including detonations above the water,
                                                    security, an increasing number of                       August 19, 2022.                                      at the water surface, and slightly below
                                                    missions involving air-to-surface                                                                             the water surface (Table 1).
                                                    activities have been directed by the                    Specified Geographical Region                            Aircraft used for munition releases
                                                    Department of Defense (DoD).                              The specific planned impact area is                 would include bombers and fighter
                                                    Accordingly, the U.S. Air Force seeks                   approximately 44 nautical miles (nmi)                 aircraft. Additional airborne assets, such
                                                    the ability to conduct operational                      (81 kilometers (km)) offshore of Kauai,               as the P–3 Orion or the P–8 Poseidon,
                                                    evaluations of all phases of long range                 Hawaii, in a water depth of about 15,240              would be used to relay telemetry and


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                            21159

                                                    flight termination system streams                       mission. Aircraft and weapons would be                to 80 nmi (148 km) and contains 45 lbs
                                                    between the weapon and ground                           tracked for time, space, and position                 of TNT-equivalent NEW. The explosive
                                                    stations. Other support aircraft would be               information. The 86 FWS test director                 used is PBXN–107.
                                                    associated with range clearance                         would coordinate with the PMRF Range
                                                                                                                                                                  Joint Direct Attack Munition/Laser Joint
                                                    activities before and during the mission                Safety Officer, Operations Conductor,
                                                                                                                                                                  Direct Attack Munition (JDAM/LJDAM)
                                                    and with air-to-air refueling operations.               Range Facility Control Officer, and other
                                                    All weapon delivery aircraft would                      applicable mission control personnel for                The JDAM is a smart GPS–INS
                                                    originate from an out base and fly into                 aircraft control, range clearance, and                weapon that uses an unguided gravity
                                                    military-controlled airspace prior to                   mission safety.                                       bomb and adds a guidance and control
                                                    employment. Due to long transit times                                                                         kit, converting it to a precision-guided
                                                                                                            Joint Air-to-Surface Stand-Off Missile/               munition. The LJDAM variant adds a
                                                    between the out base and mission                        Joint Air-to-Surface Stand-Off Missile—
                                                    location, air-to-air refueling may be                                                                         laser sensor to the JDAM, permitting
                                                                                                            Extended Range (JASSM/JASSM–ER)                       guidance to a laser designated target.
                                                    conducted in either W–188 or W–189.
                                                    Bombers, such as the B–1, would                            The JASSM is a stealthy precision                  Both JDAM and LJDAM contain 192 lbs
                                                    deliver the weapons, conduct air-to-air                 cruise missile designed for launch                    of TNT-equivalent NEW with multiple
                                                    refueling, and return to their originating              outside area defenses against hardened,               fusing options, with detonations
                                                    base as part of one sortie. However,                    medium-hardened, soft, and area type                  occurring upon impact or with up to a
                                                    when fighter aircraft are used, the                     targets. The JASSM has a range of more                10-millisecond delay.
                                                    distance and corresponding transit time                 than 200 nmi (370 km) and carries a
                                                                                                                                                                  Miniature Air Launched Decoy/
                                                    to the various potential originating bases              1,000-lb warhead with approximately
                                                                                                                                                                  Miniature Air Launched Decoy—
                                                    would make return flights after each                    300 lbs of 2,4,6-trinitrotoluene (TNT)
                                                                                                                                                                  Jamming (MALD/MALD–J)
                                                    mission day impractical. In these cases,                equivalent net explosive weight (NEW).
                                                                                                            The specific explosive used is AFX–757,                  The MALD is an air-launched,
                                                    the aircraft would temporarily (less than                                                                     expendable decoy that will provide the
                                                    one week) park overnight at Hickam Air                  a type of plastic bonded explosive
                                                                                                            (PBX). The weapon has the capability to               Air Force the capability to simulate,
                                                    Force Base (HAFB) and would return to                                                                         deceive, decoy, and saturate an enemy’s
                                                    their home base at the conclusion of                    fly a preprogrammed route from launch
                                                                                                            to a target, using Global Positioning                 threat integrated air defense system
                                                    each mission set. Multiple weapon                                                                             (IADS). The MALD production has
                                                    release aircraft would be used during                   System (GPS) technology and an
                                                                                                            internal navigation system (INS)                      recently transitioned to include the
                                                    some missions, each potentially                                                                               MALD–J variant, which has the same
                                                    releasing multiple munitions. Each LRS                  combined with a Terminal Area Model
                                                                                                            when available. Additionally, the                     decoy capability of the MALD plus the
                                                    WSEP mission set will occur over a                                                                            addition of jamming IADS. The MALD
                                                    maximum of five consecutive days per                    weapon has a Common Low Observable
                                                                                                            Auto-Routing function that gives the                  and MALD–J have ranges up to 500 nmi
                                                    year. Approximately 10 Air Force                                                                              (926 km) to include a 200 nmi (370 km)
                                                    personnel would be on temporary duty                    weapon the ability to find the route that
                                                                                                            best utilizes the low observable qualities            dash with a 30-minute loiter mode. It
                                                    to support each mission set.                                                                                  has no warhead, and no detonation
                                                                                                            of the JASSM. In either case, these
                                                       Aircraft flight maneuver operations                  routes can be modeled prior to weapon                 would occur upon impact with the
                                                    and weapon release would be                             release. The JASSM–ER has additional                  water surface.
                                                    conducted in W–188A. Chase aircraft                     fuel and a different engine for a greater                Releases of live ordnance associated
                                                    may be used to evaluate weapon release                  range than the JASSM (500 nmi (926                    with 2017–2021 missions would result
                                                    and to track weapons. Flight operations                 km)) but maintains the same                           in either airbursts, surface detonations,
                                                    and weapons delivery would be in                        functionality of the JASSM.                           or subsurface detonations (10-ft (3 m)
                                                    accordance with published Air Force                                                                           water depth). Up to four SDB I/II
                                                    directives and weapon operational                       Small Diameter Bomb-I/Small Diameter                  munitions could be released
                                                    release parameters, as well as all                      Bomb–II (SDB–I/SDB–II)                                simultaneously, such that each
                                                    applicable Navy safety regulations and                     The SDB–I is a 250-lb air-launched                 ordnance would hit the water surface
                                                    criteria established specifically for the               GPS–INS guided weapon for fixed soft                  within a few seconds of each other.
                                                    PMRF. Aircraft supporting LSR WSEP                      to hardened targets. SDB–II expands the               Aside from the SDB–I/II releases, all
                                                    missions would primarily operate at                     SDB–I capability with network enabling                other weapons would be released
                                                    high altitudes—only flying below 3,000                  and uses a tri-mode sensor infrared,                  separately, impacting the water surface
                                                    ft for a limited time as needed for                     millimeter, and semi-active laser to                  at different times. There will be a total
                                                    escorting non-military vessels outside                  attack both fixed and movable targets.                of five mission days per year during the
                                                    the hazard area or for monitoring the                   Both munitions have a range of up to 60               time frame of 2017 to 2021.
                                                    area for protected marine species (e.g.,                nmi (111 km). The SDB–I contains 37                      A typical mission day would consist
                                                    marine mammals and sea turtles).                        lbs of TNT-equivalent NEW, and the                    of pre-mission checks, safety review,
                                                    Protected marine species aerial surveys                 SDB–II contains 23 lbs NEW. The                       crew briefings, weather checks, clearing
                                                    would be temporary (approximately 30                    explosive used in both SDB–I and SDB–                 airspace, range clearance, mitigations/
                                                    minutes) and would focus on an area                     II is AFX–757.                                        monitoring efforts, and other military
                                                    surrounding the weapon impact point                                                                           protocols prior to launch of weapons.
                                                    on the water. Post-mission surveys                      High-Speed Anti-Radiation Missile                     Potential delays could be the result of
                                                    would focus on the area down current                    (HARM)                                                multiple factors, including adverse
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    of the weapon impact location. Range                      The HARM is a supersonic air-to-                    weather conditions leading to unsafe
                                                    clearance procedures for each mission                   surface missile designed to seek and                  take-off, landing, and aircraft
                                                    would cover a much larger area for                      destroy enemy radar-equipped air                      operations, inability to clear the range of
                                                    human safety. Weapon release                            defense systems. The HARM has a                       non-mission vessels or aircraft,
                                                    parameters would be conducted as                        proportional guidance system that                     mechanical issues with mission aircraft
                                                    approved by the PMRF Range Safety.                      homes in on enemy radar emissions                     or munitions, or presence of protected
                                                    Daily mission briefs would specify                      through fixed antenna and seeker head                 species in the impact area. These
                                                    planned release conditions for each                     in the missile nose. It has a range of up             standard operating procedures are


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                    21160                              Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                    usually done in the morning, and live                             munitions for weapons scoring and                                   keep nearshore areas clear of tour boats
                                                    range time may begin in late morning                              evaluations. The JDAM/LJDAM                                         for some mission launch areas.
                                                    once all checks are complete and                                  munitions would also be set to impact                               However, for missions with large hazard
                                                    approval is granted from range control.                           at the same point on the water surface.                             areas that occur far offshore from Kauai,
                                                    The range would be closed to the public                              All missions would be conducted in                               it would be impractical for these smaller
                                                    for a maximum of four hours per                                   accordance with applicable flight safety,                           vessels to conduct range clearance
                                                    mission day.                                                      hazard area, and launch parameter                                   activities. The composite safety
                                                                                                                      requirements established for the PMRF.                              footprint weapons associated with LRS
                                                       Each long range strike weapon would
                                                                                                                      A weapon hazard region would be                                     WSEP missions is anticipated to be
                                                    be released in W–188A and would                                   established, with the size and shape
                                                    follow a given flight path with                                                                                                       rather large; therefore, it is likely that
                                                                                                                      determined by the maximum distance a                                range clearing activities would be
                                                    programmed GPS waypoints to mark its                              weapon could travel in any direction
                                                    course in the air. Long range strike                                                                                                  conducted solely by aircraft.
                                                                                                                      during its descent. The hazard area is
                                                    weapons would complete their                                                                                                             The Range Facility Control Officer is
                                                                                                                      typically adjusted for potential wind
                                                    maximum flight range (up to 500 nmi                                                                                                   responsible for establishing hazard
                                                                                                                      speed and direction, resulting in a
                                                    distance for JASSM–ER) at an altitude of                                                                                              clearance areas, directing clearance and
                                                                                                                      maximum composite safety footprint for
                                                    approximately 18,000 ft (equivalent in                                                                                                surveillance assets, and reporting range
                                                                                                                      each mission (each footprint boundary
                                                    kms) mean sea level (MSL) and                                                                                                         status to the Operations Conductor. The
                                                                                                                      is at least 10 nmi from the Kauai
                                                    terminate at a specified location for                                                                                                 Control Officer is also responsible for
                                                                                                                      coastline). This information is used to
                                                    scoring of the impact. The cruise time                                                                                                submitting all Notice to Airmen
                                                                                                                      establish a Launch Exclusion Area and
                                                    would vary among the munitions but                                                                                                    (NOTAMs) and Notice to Mariners
                                                                                                                      Aircraft Hazard Area. These exclusion
                                                    would be about 45 minutes for JASSM/                              areas must be verified to be clear of all                           (NOTMARs), and for requesting all
                                                    JASSM–ER and 10 minutes for SDB–I/                                non-mission and non-essential vessels                               Federal Aviation Administration
                                                    II. The time frame between                                        and aircraft before live weapons are                                airspace clearances.
                                                    employments of successive munitions                               released. In addition, a buffer area must                              The 86 FWS would also like to use a
                                                    would vary, but releases could be                                 also be clear on the water surface so that                          maximum of eight target boats and a
                                                    spaced by approximately one hour to                               vessels do not enter the exclusion area                             maximum of 5,000 20-mm gunnery
                                                    account for the JASSM cruise time. The                            during the launch window. Prior to                                  rounds each year. The gunnery rounds
                                                    routes and associated safety profiles                             weapon release, a range sweep of the                                would be inert (do not contain
                                                    would be contained within W–188A                                  hazard area would be conducted by                                   explosives), which would minimize the
                                                    boundaries. The objective of the route                            participating mission aircraft or other                             potential for fragmentation and creation
                                                    designs is to complete full-scale evasive                         appropriate aircraft, potentially                                   of marine debris, and would be fired
                                                    maneuvers that avoid simulated threats,                           including S–61N helicopter, C–26                                    against a target boat. Because the use of
                                                    and would not consist of a standard                               aircraft, fighter aircraft (F–15E, F–16, F–                         target boats with inert munitions does
                                                    ‘‘paper clip’’ or regularly shaped route.                         22), or the Coast Guard’s C–130 aircraft.                           not have an acoustic component, it
                                                    The final impact point on the water                                  The PMRF has used small water craft                              would not take any marine mammals,
                                                    surface would be programmed into the                              docked at the Port Allen public pier to                             and is therefore not discussed further.

                                                                                     TABLE 1—SUMMARY OF PROPOSED TESTING AT THE PMRF FROM 2017 TO 2021
                                                                                                                                                                                                   Number of Proposed Releases
                                                                                                   Live or        NEW                                            Detonation
                                                             Type of munition                                                  Type of aircraft
                                                                                                    inert          (lb)                                           scenario                2017        2018    2019     2020      2021

                                                    JASSM/JASSM–ER ...............               Live ........       300    Bomber, Fighter ....           Surface ..................          6          6        6       6         6
                                                    SDB–I ....................................   Live ........        37    Bomber, Fighter ....           Surface ..................         30         30       30      30        30
                                                    SDB–II ...................................   Live ........        23    Bomber, Fighter ....           Surface ..................         30         30       30      30        30
                                                    HARM ....................................    Live ........        45    Fighter ...................    Surface ..................         10         10       10      10        10
                                                    JDAM/LJDAM ........................          Live ........       192    Bomber, Fighter ....           Subsurface 1 ..........            30         30       30      30        30
                                                    MALD/MALD–J ......................           Inert .......       N/A    Fighter ...................    N/A ........................        4          4        4       4         4
                                                      HARM = High Anti-Radiation Missile; JASSM = Joint Air-to-Surface Standoff Missile; JASSM–ER = Joint Air-to-Surface Standoff Missile—Ex-
                                                    tended Range; JDAM = Joint Direct Attack Munition; lb = pounds; LJDAM = Laser Joint Direct Attack Munition; MALD = Miniature Air Launched
                                                    Decoy; MALD–J = Miniature Air Launched Decoy—Jamming; N/A = not applicable (inert); SDB = Small Diameter Bomb
                                                      1 Assumes a 10-millisecond time-delayed fuse resulting in detonation occurring at an approximate 10-foot water depth.




                                                    Description of Marine Mammals in the                              not all of these species occur in this                              NMFS’ draft 2016 Stock Assessment
                                                    Area of the Specified Activity                                    region during the project timeframe.                                Reports (SAR), available at
                                                      There are 25 marine mammal species                              Table 2 lists and summarizes key                                    www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars for more
                                                    with potential or confirmed occurrence                            information regarding stock status and                              detailed accounts of these stocks’ status
                                                    in the proposed activity area; however,                           abundance of these species. Please see                              and abundance.
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014       14:02 May 04, 2017       Jkt 241001     PO 00000   Frm 00019     Fmt 4702        Sfmt 4702    E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM         05MYP1


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                                             21161

                                                                                        TABLE 2—MARINE MAMMALS THAT COULD OCCUR IN THE BSURE AREA
                                                                                                                                                                     Stock
                                                                                                                                            ESA/MMPA               abundance
                                                                                                                                              status;              (CV, Nmin,          PBR 3
                                                                         Species                                       Stock                                                                       Occurrence in BSURE area
                                                                                                                                             strategic             most recent
                                                                                                                                              (Y/N) 1              abundance
                                                                                                                                                                    survey) 2

                                                                                              Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Mysticeti (baleen whales)

                                                                                                                                Family: Balaenopteridae

                                                    Humpback whale (Megaptera                                Central North Pacific          N; Y ...........    10,103 (0.300;      83 .......    Seasonal; throughout known
                                                      novaeangliae) 4.                                                                                            7,890; 2006).                     breeding grounds during
                                                                                                                                                                                                    winter and spring (most
                                                                                                                                                                                                    common November through
                                                                                                                                                                                                    April).
                                                    Blue Whale (Balaenoptera musculus) ........              Central North Pacific          Y; Y ...........    81 (1.14; 38;       0.1 ......    Seasonal; infrequent winter
                                                                                                                                                                  2010).                            migrant; few sightings, main-
                                                                                                                                                                                                    ly fall and winter; considered
                                                                                                                                                                                                    rare.
                                                    Fin whale (Balaenoptera physalus .............           Hawaii .....................   Y; Y ...........    58 (1.12; 27;       0.1 ......    Seasonal, mainly fall and win-
                                                                                                                                                                  2010).                            ter; considered rare.
                                                    Sei whale (Balaenoptera borealis) .............          Hawaii .....................   Y; Y ...........    178 (0.90; 93;      0.2 ......    Rare; limited sightings of sea-
                                                                                                                                                                  2010).                            sonal migrants that feed at
                                                                                                                                                                                                    higher latitudes.
                                                    Bryde’s whale (Balaenoptera brydei/edeni)                Hawaii .....................   –; N ............   798 (0.28; 633;     6.3 ......    Uncommon; distributed
                                                                                                                                                                  2010).                            throughout the Hawaiian Ex-
                                                                                                                                                                                                    clusive Economic Zone.
                                                    Minke whale (Balaenoptera acutorostrata)                 Hawaii .....................   –; N ............   n/a (n/a; n/a;      Undet.        Regular but seasonal (Octo-
                                                                                                                                                                  2010).                            ber–April).

                                                                           Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)

                                                                                                                                  Family: Physeteridae

                                                    Sperm whale (Physeter macrocephalus) ...                 Hawaii .....................   Y; Y ...........    3,354 (0.34;        10.2 ....     Widely distributed year round;
                                                                                                                                                                  2,539; 2010).                    more likely in waters >
                                                                                                                                                                                                   1,000 m depth, most often >
                                                                                                                                                                                                   2,000 m.

                                                                           Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)

                                                                                                                                     Family: Kogiidae

                                                    Pygmy sperm whale (Kogia breviceps) ......               Hawaii .....................   –; N ............   n/a (n/a; n/a;      Undet.        Widely distributed year   round;
                                                                                                                                                                  2010).                           more likely in waters    >
                                                                                                                                                                                                   1,000 m depth.
                                                    Dwarf sperm whale (Kogia sima) ...............           Hawaii .....................   –; N ............   n/a (n/a; n/a;      Undet.        Widely distributed year   round;
                                                                                                                                                                  2010).                           more likely in waters    > 500
                                                                                                                                                                                                   m depth.

                                                                           Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)

                                                                                                                                   Family: Delphinidae

                                                    Killer whale (Orcinus orca) .........................    Hawaii .....................   –; N ............   101 (1.00; 50;      1 .........   Uncommon; infrequent
                                                                                                                                                                  2010).                            sightings.
                                                    False killer whale (Pseudorca crassidens)                Hawaii Pelagic ........        –; N ............   1,540 (0.66; 928;   9.3 ......    Regular.
                                                                                                                                                                  2010).
                                                                                                             NWHI Stock ............        –; N ............   617 (1.11; 290;     2.3 ......    Regular.
                                                                                                                                                                  2010).
                                                    Pygmy killer whale (Feresa attenuata) .......            Hawaii .....................   –; N ............   3,433 (0.52;        23 .......    Year-round resident.
                                                                                                                                                                  2,274; 2010).
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    Short-finned pilot       whale      (Globicephala        Hawaii .....................   –; N ............   12,422 (0.43;       70 .......    Commonly observed around
                                                      macrorhynchus).                                                                                             8,872; 2010).                     Main Hawaiian Islands and
                                                                                                                                                                                                    Northwestern Hawaiian Is-
                                                                                                                                                                                                    lands.
                                                    Melon headed          whale      (Peponocephala          Hawaii Islands stock           –; N ............   5,794 (0.20;        4 .........   Regular.
                                                     electra).                                                                                                    4,904; 2010).




                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014    17:11 May 04, 2017    Jkt 241001      PO 00000    Frm 00020      Fmt 4702     Sfmt 4702    E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM    05MYP1


                                                    21162                         Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                                            TABLE 2—MARINE MAMMALS THAT COULD OCCUR IN THE BSURE AREA—Continued
                                                                                                                                                                Stock
                                                                                                                                       ESA/MMPA               abundance
                                                                                                                                         status;              (CV, Nmin,          PBR 3
                                                                       Species                                    Stock                                                                       Occurrence in BSURE area
                                                                                                                                        strategic             most recent
                                                                                                                                         (Y/N) 1              abundance
                                                                                                                                                               survey) 2

                                                    Bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops truncatus) .....       Hawaii pelagic ........        –; N ............   5,950 (0.59;         38 .......   Common in deep offshore
                                                                                                                                                             3,755; 2010).                     waters.
                                                    Pantropical spotted        dolphin     (Stenella    Hawaii pelagic ........        –; N ............   15,917 (0.40;        115 .....    Common; primary occurrence
                                                      attenuata).                                                                                            11,508; 2010).                    between 100 and 4,000 m
                                                                                                                                                                                               depth.
                                                    Striped dolphin (Stenella coeruleoala) .......      Hawaii .....................   –; N ............   20,650 (0.36;        154 .....    Occurs regularly year round
                                                                                                                                                             15,391; 2010).                    but infrequent sighting dur-
                                                                                                                                                                                               ing survey.
                                                    Spinner dolphin (Stenella longirostris) .......     Hawaii pelagic ........        –; N ............   n/a (n/a; n/a;       Undet.       Common year-round in off-
                                                                                                                                                             2010).                            shore waters.
                                                    Rough-toothed dolphins (Steno                       Hawaii stock ...........       –; N ............   6,288 (0.39;         46 .......   Common throughout the Main
                                                      bredanensis).                                                                                          4,581; 2010).                     Hawaiian Islands and Ha-
                                                                                                                                                                                               waiian Islands EEZ.
                                                    Fraser’s dolphin (Lagenodelphis hosei) .....        Hawaii .....................   –; N ............   16,992 (0.66;        102 .....    Tropical species only recently
                                                                                                                                                             10,241; 2010).                    documented within Hawaiian
                                                                                                                                                                                               Islands EEZ (2002 survey).
                                                    Risso’s dolphin (Grampus griseus) ............      Hawaii .....................   –; N ............   7,256 (0.41;         42 .......   Previously considered rare but
                                                                                                                                                             5,207; 2010).                     multiple sightings in Hawai-
                                                                                                                                                                                               ian Islands EEZ during var-
                                                                                                                                                                                               ious surveys conducted from
                                                                                                                                                                                               2002–2012.

                                                                         Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)

                                                                                                                                Family: Ziphiidae

                                                    Cuvier’s beaked whale (Ziphius                      Hawaii .....................   –; N ............   1,941 (n/a; 1,142;   11.4 ....    Year-round occurrence but dif-
                                                      cavirostris).                                                                                          2010).                            ficult to detect due to diving
                                                                                                                                                                                               behavior.
                                                    Blainville’s beaked whale (Mesoplodon               Hawaii .....................   –; N ............   2,338 (1.13;         11 .......   Year-round occurrence but dif-
                                                      densirostris).                                                                                         1,088; 2010).                     ficult to detect due to diving
                                                                                                                                                                                               behavior.
                                                    Longman’s beaked whale (Indopacetus                 Hawaii .....................   –; N ............   4,571 (0.65;         28 .......   Considered rare; however,
                                                      pacificus).                                                                                            2,773; 2010).                     multiple sightings during
                                                                                                                                                                                               2010 survey.

                                                                                                  Order—Carnivora—Superfamily Pinnipedia (seals, sea lions)

                                                                                                                                Family: Phocidae

                                                    Hawaiian monk          seal     (Neomonachus        Hawaii .....................   Y; Y ...........    1,112 (n/a; 1,088;   Undet.       Predominantly occur at North-
                                                      schauinslandi).                                                                                        2013).                            western Hawaiian Islands;
                                                                                                                                                                                               approximately 138 individ-
                                                                                                                                                                                               uals in Main Hawaiian Is-
                                                                                                                                                                                               lands.
                                                      1 Endangered Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is
                                                    not listed under the ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct
                                                    human-caused mortality exceeds PBR (see footnote 3) or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the
                                                    foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
                                                      2 CV is coefficient of variation; N
                                                                                         min is the minimum estimate of stock abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable. For certain stocks,
                                                    abundance estimates are actual counts of animals and there is no associated CV. The most recent abundance survey that is reflected in the
                                                    abundance estimate is presented; there may be more recent surveys that have not yet been incorporated into the estimate. All values presented
                                                    here are from the 2015 Pacific SARs, except humpback whales—see comment 4.
                                                      3 Potential biological removal (PBR), defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be
                                                    removed from a marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population size (OSP).
                                                      4 Values for humpback whales are from the 2015 Alaska SAR.
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      Of these 25 species, 5 are listed as                   whale, sei whale, sperm whale, and the                           Of the 25 species that may occur in
                                                    endangered under the Endangered                          Hawaiian monk seal. Only one of these                          Hawaiian waters, only certain stocks
                                                    Species Act (ESA) and as depleted                        species, the sei whale, may be impacted                        occur in the impact area during the
                                                    throughout their range under the                         by 86 FWS’s activities.                                        season in which LRS WSEP activities
                                                    MMPA. These are: Blue whale, fin                                                                                        may occur. Sixteen species are




                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:11 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000    Frm 00021      Fmt 4702     Sfmt 4702    E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM    05MYP1


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                            21163

                                                    considered likely to be in the impact                   each year; however, sightings have                    boings throughout the winter and spring
                                                    area during the five days of project                    occurred in other months in very low                  months from October until May, with a
                                                    activities. Although sperm whales are                   numbers. Most humpback whales                         peak in March (Baird 2016).
                                                    frequently detected in this area and                    congregate off the island of Maui in the                The current abundance estimate for
                                                    have even been satellite-tagged with                    shallow protected waters, but can be                  this stock is unknown and, therefore,
                                                    presence in this area of the PMRF (Baird                seen off all of the islands, including the            PBR is also unknown (Carretta et al.,
                                                    2016), because of the low density of this               Northwestern Hawaiian Islands (Baird                  2014). There is insufficient data to
                                                    species and the short duration of                       2016).                                                determine trends in the population. The
                                                    mission activities, take was not                           Humpback whales were listed as                     main threat to this stock is the
                                                    requested for this species. Similarly,                  endangered under the Endangered                       increasing level of anthropogenic sound
                                                    large baleen whales like the fin and blue               Species Conservation Act (ESCA) in                    in the ocean (Carretta et al., 2014). This
                                                    whales occur in this area in all or most                June 1970. In 1973, the ESA replaced                  stock is not listed as endangered or
                                                    months of the year; however, their                      the ESCA, and humpbacks continued to                  threatened under the ESA and is not
                                                    densities during the time of the 86                     be listed as endangered. NMFS recently                considered strategic or designated as
                                                    FWS’s activities are very low (or 0) that               evaluated the status of the species, and              depleted under the MMPA (Carretta et
                                                    the probability they will be impacted by                on September 8, 2016, NMFS divided                    al., 2014).
                                                    the mission activities during the 4 hours               the species into 14 distinct population
                                                                                                                                                                  Pygmy Sperm Whale
                                                    per day on the 5 days over the course                   segments (DPS), removed the current
                                                    of the year is minimal, and no take was                 species-level listing, and in its place                  Pygmy sperm whales are found in
                                                    modeled or requested for these species.                 listed four DPSs as endangered and one                tropical and warm-temperate waters
                                                       We have reviewed 86 FWS’s species                    DPS as threatened (81 FR 62259,                       throughout the world (Ross and
                                                    descriptions, including life history                    September 8, 2016). The remaining nine                Leatherwood 1994). This species prefers
                                                    information, distribution, regional                     DPSs were not listed. There is one DPS                deeper waters with observations of this
                                                    distribution, diving behavior, and                      that occurs in the action area: The                   species in greater than 4,000 m depth
                                                    acoustics and hearing, for accuracy and                 Hawaii DPS, which is not listed under                 (Baird et al., 2013); and, based on
                                                    completeness. We refer the reader to                    the ESA (81 FR 62259). Because this                   stomach contents from stranded
                                                    Sections 3 and 4 of 86 FWS’s                            rule resulted in the designation of DPSs              individuals, pygmy sperm whales forage
                                                    application and to Chapter 3 in 86                      in the North Pacific, a parallel revision             between 600 and 1,200 m depth (Baird
                                                    FWS’s EA, rather than reprinting the                    of MMPA population structure in the                   2016). Sightings are rare of this species,
                                                    information here.                                       North Pacific is currently being                      but observations include lone
                                                       Below, for those 16 species that are                 considered.                                           individuals or pairs, with an average
                                                    likely to be taken by the activities                                                                          group size of 1.5 individuals (Baird
                                                    described, we offer a brief introduction                Sei Whale                                             2016).
                                                    to the species and relevant stock as well                  Sei whales occur seasonally in Hawaii                 There is a single stock of Pygmy
                                                    as available information regarding                      in the winter and spring months and                   sperm whales in Hawaii. Current
                                                    population trends and threats, and                      feed in higher latitude feeding grounds               abundance estimates for this stock are
                                                    describe any information regarding local                in the summer and fall (Carretta et al.,              unknown. A 2002 survey in Hawaii
                                                    occurrence.                                             2014). Sightings of this species are rare             estimated 7,138 animals; however, this
                                                                                                            in Hawaii. This species stays offshore of             data is outdated and is no longer used.
                                                    Humpback Whale                                                                                                PBR cannot be calculated due to
                                                                                                            the islands in deeper waters (Baird
                                                       Humpback whales are found                            2016). Average group size for this                    insufficient data. (Carretta et al., 2014).
                                                    worldwide in all ocean basins. In                       species is 3.1 animals (Bradford et al.,              The main threats to this species are
                                                    winter, most humpback whales occur in                   2017).                                                fisheries interactions and effects from
                                                    the subtropical and tropical waters of                     The abundance estimate for this stock              underwater sounds such as active sonar
                                                    the Northern and Southern Hemispheres                   from a 2010 survey is 178 animals                     (Carretta et al., 2014). This stock is not
                                                    (Muto et al., 2015). These wintering                    (Carretta et al., 2014). More recent                  listed as endangered or threatened
                                                    grounds are used for mating, giving                     estimates, based on the 2010 survey                   under the ESA and is not considered
                                                    birth, and nursing new calves.                          pooled with sightings collected during                strategic or designated as depleted
                                                    Humpback whales migrate nearly 3,000                    previous NMFS surveys of the eastern                  under the MMPA (Carretta et al., 2014).
                                                    mi (4,830 km) from their winter                         Pacific, estimate the Hawaii stock of sei
                                                    breeding grounds to their summer                                                                              Dwarf Sperm Whale
                                                                                                            whales to be 391 individuals (Bradford
                                                    foraging grounds in Alaska.                             et al., 2017). PBR is currently 0.2 sei                 Dwarf sperm whales are found
                                                       There are five stocks of humpback                    whales per year (Carretta et al., 2014).              throughout the world in tropical to
                                                    whales, one of which occurs in Hawaii:                  The main threats to this stock are                    warm-temperate waters (Carretta et al.,
                                                    The Central North Pacific Stock, which                  fisheries interactions and increasing                 2014). They are usually found in waters
                                                    consists of winter/spring populations in                levels of anthropogenic sound in the                  deeper than 500 m, most often sighted
                                                    the Hawaiian Islands, which migrate                     ocean (Carretta et al., 2014). This stock             in depths between 500 and 1,000 m, but
                                                    primarily to northern British Columbia/                 is listed as endangered under the ESA,                they have been documented in depths
                                                    Southeast Alaska, the Gulf of Alaska,                   and is considered a depleted and                      as shallow as 106 m and as deep as
                                                    and the Bering Sea/Aleutian Islands                     strategic stock under the MMPA.                       4,700 m (Baird 2016). This species is
                                                    (Muto et al., 2015). The current                                                                              often alone or in small groups of up to
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    abundance estimate for the Central                      Minke Whale                                           two to four individuals (average group
                                                    North Pacific stock is 10,103 animals,                    Minke whales occur seasonally in                    size of 2.7 individuals), with a
                                                    with potential biological removal (PBR)                 Hawaii (Carretta et al., 2014). Sightings             maximum observed group size of eight
                                                    at 83 animals, and this stock is                        of this species are rare; however,                    individuals (Baird 2016). When there
                                                    considered a strategic stock (Muto et al.,              acoustic detection of their ‘‘boing’’                 are more than two animals together,
                                                    2015). Humpback whales occur                            sounds are common. An acoustic study                  they are often loosely associated, with
                                                    seasonally in Hawaii, with peak                         from 2007–2008 at a location 100 km                   up to several hundred meters between
                                                    sightings between December and May                      north of the island of Oahu detected                  pairs of individuals (Baird 2016).


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                    21164                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                       There is one stock of dwarf sperm                    ranging from 324 m to 4,400 m, with                   ESA and is not considered a depleted or
                                                    whales in Hawaii. Sighting data suggests                most sightings between 500 m and 3,000                strategic stock under the MMPA
                                                    a small resident population off Hawaii                  m (Baird 2016). There are multiple                    (Carretta et al., 2014).
                                                    Island (Baird 2016). There are no                       resident populations in Hawaii, with
                                                                                                                                                                  Bottlenose Dolphin
                                                    current abundance estimates for this                    small home ranges around one or two
                                                    stock. In 2002, a survey off Hawaii                     islands, as well as a pelagic population                 Bottlenose dolphins are found in
                                                    estimated the abundance at 17,159;                      (Baird 2016). This stock forms stable                 tropical to warm-temperate waters
                                                    however, this data is outdated and is no                social groups, with average group size of             (Carretta et al., 2014). They are common
                                                    longer used. PBR cannot be calculated                   18 individuals, but may form large                    throughout the Hawaiian Islands, with
                                                    due to insufficient data. It has been                   aggregations of close to 200 individuals              coastal and offshore forms, and with
                                                    suggested that this species is probably                 (Baird 2016). Other research suggests a               limited range movements between
                                                    one of the more abundant species of                     larger average group size of 40.9                     islands and offshore waters (Carretta et
                                                    cetaceans in Hawaiian waters (Baird                     individuals (Bradford et al., 2017), but              al., 2014). There are four resident
                                                    2016). One of their main threats is                     most of these sightings were farther                  populations: (1) Kauai/Niihau, (2) Oahu,
                                                    interactions with fisheries; however,                   offshore in pelagic waters.                           (3) the 4-island region, and (4) Hawaii;
                                                    dwarf sperm whales are also sensitive to                   The most recent abundance estimate                 as well as one pelagic stock, which is
                                                    high-intensity underwater sounds and                    for this group in the SAR is 12,422                   separated by the 1,000 m isobaths
                                                    navy sonar testing. This stock is not                   animals with PBR at 70 animals                        (Carretta et al., 2014). Only the pelagic
                                                    listed as endangered under the ESA and                  (Carretta et al., 2014). More recently, the           population is considered here. Average
                                                    is not considered strategic or designated               abundance estimate for this stock, based              group size of bottlenose dolphins is 33.5
                                                    as depleted under the MMPA (Carretta                    on a 2010 survey pooled with sightings                individuals (Bradford et al., 2017).
                                                    et al., 2014).                                          collected during previous NMFS                           The most recent abundance estimate
                                                                                                            surveys of the eastern Pacific, is 19,503             for the pelagic stock in the SAR is 3,755
                                                    Pygmy Killer Whale                                      animals (Bradford et al., 2017). The                  animals with PBR at 38 animals
                                                       Pygmy killer whales are found in                     main threat to this stock is interactions             (Carretta et al., 2014). More recently, the
                                                    tropical and subtropical waters. The                    with fisheries (Carretta et al., 2014).               abundance estimate for all of the stocks
                                                    Hawaii stock occurs year round in                       This stock is not listed as endangered or             in Hawaii, based on a 2010 survey
                                                    Hawaii and has a small resident                         threatened under the ESA and is not                   pooled with sightings collected during
                                                    population within the main Hawaiian                     considered a depleted or strategic stock              previous NMFS surveys of the eastern
                                                    islands (Carretta et al., 2014). This                   under the MMPA (Carretta et al., 2014).               Pacific, is 21,815 individuals (Bradford
                                                    resident group stays within 20 km of                                                                          et al., 2017); however, this may be an
                                                    shore (Carretta et al., 2014) in water                  Melon-Headed Whale                                    overestimate since most of the sightings
                                                    depths between 500 and 3,500 m (Baird                      Melon-headed whales are found in                   were in the Northwestern Hawaiian
                                                    2016), while other populations may                      tropical and warm-temperate waters                    Islands (Baird 2016). This stock is not
                                                    move farther offshore. The resident                     (Carretta et al., 2014). There are two                listed as endangered or threatened
                                                    population is less common off the                       demographically-independent                           under the ESA and is not considered a
                                                    islands of Kauai and Niihau (Baird                      populations in Hawaii, the Hawaiian                   depleted or strategic stock under the
                                                    2016). This stock forms stable social                   Islands stock and the Kohala resident                 MMPA (Carretta et al., 2014).
                                                    groups, with group sizes ranging from 2                 stock (Carretta et al., 2014). The resident
                                                                                                            stock have a small range restricted to the            Pantropical Spotted Dolphin
                                                    to 33 individuals, and with average
                                                    group sizes of 9 individuals (Baird                     shallow waters around Hawaii Island,                     Pantropical spotted dolphins are
                                                    2016). Other research suggests a larger                 whereas the Hawaiian Islands stock are                found in tropical and subtropical waters
                                                    average group size of 25.7 animals                      found all throughout the islands and out              (Carretta et al., 2014). There are four
                                                    (Bradford et al., 2017), but most of these              into the pelagic areas (Carretta et al.,              stocks in Hawaii: (1) The Oahu stock, (2)
                                                    sightings were farther offshore in                      2014). Only the latter stock may be                   the 4-Island stock, (3) the Hawaii Island
                                                    pelagic waters.                                         affected by 86 FWS’s activities. This                 stock, and (4) the Hawaii pelagic stock.
                                                       The most recent abundance estimate                   stock prefers waters deeper than 1,000                Only the pelagic stock is considered
                                                    for this group in the SAR is 3,433                      m (Baird 2016). This species forms large              here. This species prefers deeper waters
                                                    animals with PBR at 23 animals                          groups, with average group size of                    between 1,500 m and 3,000 m (Baird
                                                    (Carretta et al., 2014). More recently, the             almost 250 individuals, with the largest              2016). This species forms large groups
                                                    abundance estimate for this stock, based                group documented at close to 800                      with average group size of 60
                                                    on a 2010 survey pooled with sightings                  individuals (Baird 2016). Other research              individuals, with the largest group
                                                    collected during previous NMFS                          suggests a smaller average group size of              estimated at 400 individuals (Baird
                                                    surveys of the eastern Pacific, is 10,640               153 individuals (Bradford et al., 2017).              2016). Other research suggests a smaller
                                                    animals (Bradford et al., 2017). The                       The most recent abundance estimate                 average group size of 43.2 individuals
                                                    main threats for this stock include                     for this stock in the SAR is 2,860                    (Bradford et al., 2017).
                                                    fisheries interactions and increases in                 animals with PBR at 49 animals                           The most recent abundance estimate
                                                    underwater sound in the ocean (Carretta                 (Carretta et al., 2014). More recently, the           for the pelagic stock in the SAR is
                                                    et al., 2014). This stock is not listed as              abundance estimate for this stock, based              15,917 animals with PBR at 115 animals
                                                    endangered or threatened under the                      on a 2010 survey pooled with sightings                (Carretta et al., 2014). More recently, the
                                                                                                            collected during previous NMFS                        abundance estimate for all of the stocks
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    ESA and is not considered a depleted or
                                                    strategic stock under the MMPA                          surveys of the eastern Pacific, is 8,666              in Hawaii, based on a 2010 survey
                                                    (Carretta et al., 2014).                                individuals (Bradford et al., 2017). The              pooled with sightings collected during
                                                                                                            main threat to this species is human                  previous NMFS surveys of the eastern
                                                    Short-Finned Pilot Whale                                induced, most likely through fisheries                Pacific, is 55,795 individuals (Bradford
                                                      Short-finned pilot whales are found                   interactions (Carretta et al., 2014) and              et al., 2017). The main threat to this
                                                    primarily in tropical and warm-                         mid-frequency sonar testing (Baird                    species is interactions with fisheries
                                                    temperate waters (Carretta et al., 2014).               2016). This stock is not listed as                    (Baird 2016). This stock is not listed as
                                                    This species prefers deeper waters,                     endangered or threatened under the                    endangered or threatened under the


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                            21165

                                                    ESA and is not considered a depleted or                 (Carretta et al., 2014). While there is               with an average group size of 4
                                                    strategic stock under the MMPA                          evidence for two island-associated                    individuals, and a maximum group size
                                                    (Carretta et al., 2014).                                stocks and one pelagic stock in Hawaii,               of 25 individuals off the coast of Hawaii
                                                                                                            there is only one stock designated for                (Baird 2016). Other research, which was
                                                    Striped Dolphin
                                                                                                            Hawaii (Carretta et al., 2014). Most                  conducted offshore, suggests a larger
                                                       Striped dolphins are found in tropical               sightings of this species off Kauai are in            average group size of 26.6 individuals
                                                    to warm-temperate waters (Carretta et                   water depths of less than 1,000 m;                    (Bradford et al., 2017), which may be
                                                    al., 2014). There is one stock of striped               however, it is the most often sighted                 more representative of this species since
                                                    dolphins in Hawaii. This is a deep water                species in depths greater than 3,000 m                they occur more often offshore in deeper
                                                    species, preferring depths greater than                 (Baird 2016). This species forms stable               waters.
                                                    3,500 m (Baird 2016). This species                      associations as part of larger groups,                   The most recent abundance estimate
                                                    forms large groups, with an average                     with average group sizes of 11 animals                for the pelagic stock in the SAR is 7,256
                                                    group size of 28 individuals, and a                     and maximum group sizes, observed off                 animals with PBR at 42 animals
                                                    maximum group size of 100 individuals                   Kauai, of 140 individuals (Baird 2016).               (Carretta et al., 2014). More recently, the
                                                    (Baird 2016). Other research suggests a                 Other research suggests a larger average              abundance estimate for all of the stocks
                                                    larger average group size of 52.6                       group size of 25.3 individuals (Bradford              in Hawaii, based on a 2010 survey
                                                    individuals (Bradford et al., 2017).                    et al., 2017).                                        pooled with sightings collected during
                                                       The most recent abundance estimate                      The most recent abundance estimate                 previous NMFS surveys of the eastern
                                                    for the pelagic stock in the SAR is                     for the pelagic stock in the SAR is 6,288             Pacific, is 11,613 individuals (Bradford
                                                    20,651 animals with PBR at 154 animals                  animals with PBR at 46 animals                        et al., 2017). The main threat to this
                                                    (Carretta et al., 2014). More recently, the             (Carretta et al., 2014). More recently, the           species is interactions with fisheries
                                                    abundance estimate for all of the stocks                abundance estimate for all of the stocks              (Carretta et al., 2014). This stock is not
                                                    in Hawaii, based on a 2010 survey                       in Hawaii, based on a 2010 survey                     listed as endangered or threatened
                                                    pooled with sightings collected during                  pooled with sightings collected during                under the ESA and is not considered a
                                                    previous NMFS surveys of the eastern                    previous NMFS surveys of the eastern                  depleted or strategic stock under the
                                                    Pacific, is 61,201 individuals (Bradford                Pacific, is 72,528 individuals (Bradford              MMPA (Carretta et al., 2014).
                                                    et al., 2017). The main threat to this                  et al., 2017). The main threat to this
                                                                                                                                                                  Longman’s Beaked Whale
                                                    species is disease (Carretta et al., 2014).             species is interactions with fisheries
                                                    This stock is not listed as endangered or               (Carretta et al., 2014). This stock is not               Longman’s beaked whales are found
                                                    threatened under the ESA and is not                     listed as endangered or threatened                    in tropical waters from the eastern
                                                    considered a depleted or strategic stock                under the ESA and is not considered a                 Pacific westward through the Indian
                                                    under the MMPA (Carretta et al., 2014).                 depleted or strategic stock under the                 Ocean to the eastern coast of Africa
                                                                                                            MMPA (Carretta et al., 2014).                         (Carretta et al., 2014). There is one stock
                                                    Spinner Dolphin                                                                                               in Hawaii. Group sizes range from 18 to
                                                       Spinner dolphins are found in                        Fraser’s Dolphin                                      110 individuals (Baird 2016), with an
                                                    tropical and warm-temperate waters                         Fraser’s dolphin are found in tropical             average group size of 59.8 individuals
                                                    (Carretta et al., 2014). There are six                  waters (Carretta et al., 2011). This is a             (Bradford et al., 2017).
                                                    stocks in the main Hawaiian islands: (1)                deep water species occurring offshore of                 The most recent abundance estimate
                                                    Kauai/Niihau stock, (2) Oahu and the 4-                 the Hawaiian islands, with sightings                  for the pelagic stock in the SAR is 4,571
                                                    Islands region, (3) Hawaii island stock,                occurring in water depths between                     animals with PBR at 28 animals
                                                    (4) Pearl & Hermes Reef, (5) Kure/                      1,515 m and 4,600 m (Baird 2016). This                (Carretta et al., 2014). More recently, the
                                                    Midway, and (6) pelagic stock. The                      species forms large groups with average               abundance estimate for all of the stocks
                                                    boundary between the island-associated                  group sizes between 75 and 110                        in Hawaii, based on a 2010 survey
                                                    stocks and the pelagic stock is 10 nmi                  individuals (Baird 2016). Other research              pooled with sightings collected during
                                                    from shore (Carretta et al., 2014). Only                suggests a larger average group size of               previous NMFS surveys of the eastern
                                                    the pelagic stock is considered here. The               283.3 individuals (Bradford et al., 2017).            Pacific, is 7,619 individuals (Bradford et
                                                    offshore stock is rarely sighted (Baird                    The most recent abundance estimate                 al., 2017). The main threats to this
                                                    2016), and most of the deep water                       for the pelagic stock in the SAR is                   species are interactions with fisheries
                                                    activity is at night when they feed. The                10,226 animals with PBR at 47 animals                 and increasing sounds in the ocean,
                                                    average group size for this species is 30               (Carretta et al., 2011). More recently, the           including military sonar (Carretta et al.,
                                                    individuals with larger groups of nearly                abundance estimate for all of the stocks              2014). This stock is not listed as
                                                    300 animals observed (Baird 2016).                      in Hawaii, based on a 2010 survey                     endangered or threatened under the
                                                       The most recent abundance estimate                   pooled with sightings collected during                ESA and is not considered a depleted or
                                                    for the pelagic stock in the SAR is 3,351               previous NMFS surveys of the eastern                  strategic stock under the MMPA
                                                    animals from a 2002 survey, which is                    Pacific, is 51,491 individuals (Bradford              (Carretta et al., 2014).
                                                    outdated (Carretta et al., 2014). The                   et al., 2017). This stock is not listed as
                                                                                                                                                                  Potential Effects of the Specified
                                                    main threat to this species is the                      endangered or threatened under the
                                                                                                                                                                  Activity on Marine Mammals and Their
                                                    constant interactions with humans                       ESA and is not considered a depleted or
                                                                                                                                                                  Habitat
                                                    during the day-time when they are                       strategic stock under the MMPA
                                                    resting (Carretta et al., 2014; Baird                   (Carretta et al., 2011).                                 This section includes a summary and
                                                                                                                                                                  discussion of the ways that components
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    2016). This stock is not listed as
                                                                                                            Risso’s Dolphin                                       (e.g., munition strikes and detonation
                                                    endangered or threatened under the
                                                    ESA and is not considered a depleted or                   Risso’s dolphins are found in tropical              effects) of the specified activity,
                                                    strategic stock under the MMPA                          to warm-temperate waters (Carretta et                 including mitigation, may impact
                                                    (Carretta et al., 2014).                                al., 2014). This is a deep water species,             marine mammals and their habitat. The
                                                                                                            often found in depths greater than 3,000              Estimated Take by Incidental
                                                    Rough-Toothed Dolphin                                   m, and with the highest sighting rate in              Harassment section later in this
                                                       Rough-toothed dolphins are found in                  depths greater than 4,500 m (Baird                    document will include a quantitative
                                                    tropical and warm-temperate waters                      2016). This species forms small groups,               analysis of the number of individuals


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00024   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                    21166                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                    that we expect 86 FWS to take during                    positive so that one can account for the              contributions is from approximately 12
                                                    this activity. The Negligible Impact                    values in the summation of pressure                   Hz to over 100 kHz.
                                                    Analysis section will include the                       levels (Hastings and Popper, 2005). This                 • Anthropogenic: Sources of ambient
                                                    analysis of how this specific activity                  measurement is often used in the                      noise related to human activity include
                                                    would impact marine mammals, and                        context of discussing behavioral effects,             transportation (surface vessels and
                                                    will consider the content of this section,              in part because behavioral effects,                   aircraft), dredging and construction, oil
                                                    the Estimated Take by Incidental                        which often result from auditory cues,                and gas drilling and production, seismic
                                                    Harassment section, and the Proposed                    may be better expressed through                       surveys, sonar, explosions, and ocean
                                                    Mitigation section to draw conclusions                  averaged units than by peak pressures.                acoustic studies. Shipping noise
                                                    regarding the likely impacts of these                      When underwater objects vibrate or                 typically dominates the total ambient
                                                    activities on the reproductive success or               activity occurs, sound-pressure waves                 noise for frequencies between 20 and
                                                    survivorship of individuals, and from                   are created. These waves alternately                  300 Hz. In general, the frequencies of
                                                    that on the affected marine mammal                      compress and decompress the water as                  anthropogenic sounds are below 1 kHz;
                                                    populations or stocks. In the following                 the sound wave travels. Underwater                    and, if higher frequency sound levels
                                                    discussion, we provide general                          sound waves radiate in all directions                 are created, they attenuate rapidly
                                                    background information on sound and                     away from the source (similar to ripples              (Richardson et al., 1995). Sound from
                                                    marine mammal hearing before                            on the surface of a pond), except in                  identifiable anthropogenic sources other
                                                    considering potential effects on marine                 cases where the source is directional.                than the activity of interest (e.g., a
                                                    mammals from sound produced by                          The compressions and decompressions                   passing vessel) is sometimes termed
                                                    surface detonations.                                    associated with sound waves are                       background sound as opposed to
                                                                                                            detected as changes in pressure by                    ambient sound.
                                                    Description of Sound Sources and                        aquatic life and man-made sound                          The sum of the various natural and
                                                    WSEP Sound Types                                        receptors such as hydrophones.                        anthropogenic sound sources at any
                                                       Sound travels in waves, the basic                       Even in the absence of sound from the              given location and time—which
                                                    components of which are frequency,                      specified activity, the underwater                    comprise ‘‘ambient’’ or ‘‘background’’
                                                    wavelength, velocity, and amplitude.                    environment is typically loud due to                  sound—depends not only on the source
                                                    Frequency is the number of pressure                     ambient sound. Ambient sound is                       levels (as determined by current
                                                    waves that pass by a reference point per                defined as environmental background                   weather conditions and levels of
                                                    unit of time and is measured in hertz                   sound levels lacking a single source or               biological and shipping activity) but
                                                    (Hz) or cycles per second. Wavelength is                point (Richardson et al., 1995), and the              also on the ability of sound to propagate
                                                    the distance between two peaks of a                     sound level of a region is defined by the             through the environment. In turn, sound
                                                    sound wave. Amplitude is the height of                  total acoustical energy being generated               propagation is dependent on the
                                                    the sound pressure wave or the                          by known and unknown sources. These                   spatially and temporally varying
                                                    ‘‘loudness’’ of a sound, and is typically               sources may include physical (e.g.,                   properties of the water column and sea
                                                    measured using the decibel (dB) scale.                  waves, earthquakes, ice, and                          floor and is frequency-dependent. As a
                                                    A dB is the ratio between a measured                    atmospheric sound), biological (e.g.,                 result of the dependence on a large
                                                    pressure (with sound) and a reference                   sounds produced by marine mammals,                    number of varying factors, ambient
                                                    pressure (sound at a constant pressure,                 fish, and invertebrates), and                         sound levels can be expected to vary
                                                    established by scientific standards). It is             anthropogenic sound (e.g., vessels,                   widely over both coarse and fine spatial
                                                    a logarithmic unit that accounts for large              dredging, aircraft, and construction). A              and temporal scales. Sound levels at a
                                                    variations in amplitude; therefore,                     number of sources contribute to ambient               given frequency and location can vary
                                                    relatively small changes in dB ratings                  sound, including the following                        by 10–20 dB from day to day
                                                    correspond to large changes in sound                    (Richardson et al., 1995):                            (Richardson et al., 1995). The result is
                                                    pressure. When referring to sound                          • Wind and waves: The complex                      that, depending on the source type and
                                                    pressure levels (SPLs; the sound force                  interactions between wind and water                   its intensity, sound from the specified
                                                    per unit area), sound is referenced in the              surface, including processes such as                  activity may be a negligible addition to
                                                    context of underwater sound pressure to                 breaking waves and wave-induced                       the local environment or could form a
                                                    1 microPascal (mPa). One pascal is the                  bubble oscillations and cavitation, are a             distinctive signal that may affect marine
                                                    pressure resulting from a force of one                  main source of naturally occurring                    mammals.
                                                    newton exerted over an area of one                      ambient noise for frequencies between                    The sounds produced by the proposed
                                                    square meter. The source level (SL)                     200 Hz and 50 kHz (Mitson 1995). In                   WSEP activities are considered
                                                    represents the sound level at a distance                general, ambient sound levels tend to                 impulsive, which is one of two general
                                                    of 1 m from the source (referenced to 1                 increase with increasing wind speed                   sound types, the other being non-
                                                    mPa). The received level is the sound                   and wave height. Surf noise becomes                   pulsed. The distinction between these
                                                    level at the listener’s position. Note that             important near shore, with                            two sound types is important because
                                                    we reference all underwater sound                       measurements collected at a distance of               they have differing potential to cause
                                                    levels in this document to a pressure of                8.5 km from shore showing an increase                 physical effects, particularly with regard
                                                    1 mPa, and all airborne sound levels in                 of 10 dB in the 100 to 700 Hz band                    to hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in Southall
                                                    this document are referenced to a                       during heavy surf conditions.                         et al., 2007). Please see Southall et al.
                                                    pressure of 20 mPa.                                        • Precipitation: Sound from rain and               (2007) for an in-depth discussion of
                                                       Root mean square (rms) is the                        hail impacting the water surface can                  these concepts.
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    quadratic mean sound pressure over the                  become an important component of total                   Impulsive sound sources (e.g.,
                                                    duration of an impulse. Rms is                          noise at frequencies above 500 Hz, and                explosions, gunshots, sonic booms, and
                                                    calculated by squaring all of the sound                 possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet                  impact pile driving) produce signals
                                                    amplitudes, averaging the squares, and                  times.                                                that are brief (typically considered to be
                                                    then taking the square root of the                         • Biological: Marine mammals can                   less than one second), broadband, atonal
                                                    average (Urick 1983). Rms accounts for                  contribute significantly to ambient noise             transients (ANSI 1986; Harris, 1998;
                                                    both positive and negative values;                      levels, as can some fish and shrimp. The              NIOSH 1998; ISO 2003), and occur
                                                    squaring the pressures makes all values                 frequency band for biological                         either as isolated events or repeated in


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                                                     Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                                                 21167

                                                    some succession. These sounds have a                            1997; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and                           thresholds for predicting onset of
                                                    relatively rapid rise from ambient                              Hastings, 2008).                                                 temporary (TTS) and permanent
                                                    pressure to a maximal pressure value                               Animals are less sensitive to sounds                          threshold shifts (PTS) for impulsive
                                                    followed by a rapid decay period that                           at the outer edges of their functional                           (e.g., explosives and impact pile drivers)
                                                    may include a period of diminishing,                            hearing range and are more sensitive to                          and non-impulsive (e.g., vibratory pile
                                                    oscillating maximal and minimal                                 a range of frequencies within the middle                         drivers) sound sources. These acoustic
                                                    pressures, and generally have an                                of their functional hearing range. For                           thresholds are presented using dual
                                                    increased capacity to induce physical                           mid-frequency cetaceans, functional                              metrics of cumulative sound exposure
                                                    injury as compared with sounds that                             hearing estimates occur between
                                                                                                                                                                                     level (SELcum) and peak sound level
                                                    lack these features.                                            approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz,
                                                                                                                                                                                     (PK) for impulsive sounds and SELcum
                                                                                                                    with best hearing estimated to occur
                                                    Marine Mammal Hearing                                           between approximately 10 to less than                            for non-impulsive sounds. The lower
                                                       When considering the influence of                            100 kHz (Finneran et al., 2005 and 2009,                         and/or upper frequencies for some of
                                                    various kinds of sound on the marine                            Natchtigall et al., 2005 and 2008; Yuen                          these functional hearing groups have
                                                    environment, it is necessary to                                 et al., 2005; Popov et al., 2010 and 2011;                       been modified from those designated by
                                                    understand that different kinds of                              and Schlundt et al., 2011).                                      Southall et al. (2007), and the revised
                                                    marine life are sensitive to different                             On August 4, 2016, NMFS released its                          generalized hearing ranges are presented
                                                    frequencies of sound. Current data                              Technical Guidance for Assessing the                             in the new Guidance. The functional
                                                    indicate that not all marine mammal                             Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on                                hearing groups and the associated
                                                    species have equal hearing capabilities                         Marine Mammal Hearing (81 FR 51694).                             frequencies are indicated in Table 3
                                                    (Richardson et al., 1995; Southall et al.,                      This new guidance established new                                below.
                                                                             TABLE 3—MARINE MAMMAL HEARING GROUPS AND THEIR GENERALIZED HEARING RANGE
                                                                                                                 Hearing group                                                                           Generalized hearing range *

                                                    Low-frequency (LF) cetaceans (baleen whales) ................................................................................................   7 Hz to 35 kHz.
                                                    Mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans (dolphins, toothed whales, beaked whales, bottlenose whales) .....................                                 150 Hz to 160 kHz.
                                                    High-frequency (HF) cetaceans (true porpoises, Kogia, river dolphins, cephalorhynchid, Lagenorhynchus                                           275 Hz to 160 kHz.
                                                      cruciger and L. australis).
                                                    Phocid pinnipeds (PW) (underwater) (true seals) .............................................................................................   50 Hz to 86 kHz.
                                                    Otariid pinnipeds (OW) (underwater) (sea lions and fur seals) .........................................................................         60 Hz to 39 kHz.
                                                      * Represents the generalized hearing range for the entire group as a composite (i.e., all species within the group), where individual species’
                                                    hearing ranges are typically not as broad. Generalized hearing range chosen based on ∼65 dB threshold from normalized composite audiogram,
                                                    with the exception for lower limits for LF cetaceans (Southall et al., 2007) and PW pinniped (approximation).


                                                      There are sixteen marine mammal                               Acoustic Impacts                                                 almost exclusively as a result of
                                                    species with expected potential to co-                                                                                           exposure to noise within an animal’s
                                                    occur with 86 FWS LRS WSEP military                                Please refer to the information given                         hearing range. We first describe specific
                                                    readiness activities. These species fall                        previously (Description of Sound                                 manifestations of acoustic effects before
                                                    into the following hearing groups: (1)                          Sources) regarding sound,                                        providing discussion specific to 86
                                                    Low-frequency cetaceans (humpback                               characteristics of sound types, and                              FWS’s activities.
                                                    whale (Megaptera novanglieae), sei                              metrics used in this document.                                     Richardson et al. (1995) described
                                                                                                                    Anthropogenic sounds cover a broad                               zones of increasing intensity of effect
                                                    whale (Balaenoptera borealis), and
                                                                                                                    range of frequencies and sound levels                            that might be expected to occur, in
                                                    minke whale (Balaenoptera
                                                                                                                    and can have a range of highly variable                          relation to distance from a source and
                                                    acutorostrata)); (2) mid-frequency
                                                                                                                    impacts on marine life, from none or                             assuming that the signal is within an
                                                    cetaceans (Pygmy killer whale (Feresa
                                                                                                                    minor to potentially severe responses,                           animal’s hearing range. First is the area
                                                    attenuata), short-finned pilot whale                            depending on received levels, duration                           within which the acoustic signal would
                                                    (Globicephala macrorhynchus), melon-                            of exposure, behavioral context, and                             be audible (potentially perceived) to the
                                                    headed whale (Peponocephala electra),                           various other factors. The potential                             animal, but not strong enough to elicit
                                                    bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops truncatus),                        effects of underwater sound from active                          any overt behavioral or physiological
                                                    Pantropical spotted dolphin (Stenella                           acoustic sources can potentially result                          response. The next zone corresponds
                                                    attenuata), striped dolphin (Stenella                           in one or more of the following:                                 with the area where the signal is audible
                                                    coeruleoala), spinner dolphin (Stenella                         Temporary or permanent hearing                                   to the animal and of sufficient intensity
                                                    longirostris), rough-toothed dolphin                            impairment; non-auditory physical or                             to elicit behavioral or physiological
                                                    (Steno bredanensis), Fraser’s dolphin                           physiological effects; behavioral                                responsiveness. Third is a zone within
                                                    (Lagenodelphis hosei), Risso’s dolphin                          disturbance; stress; and masking                                 which, for signals of high intensity, the
                                                    (Grampus griseus), and Longman’s                                (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon et al.,                         received level is sufficient to potentially
                                                    beaked whale (Indopacetus pacificus));                          2004; Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et                          cause discomfort or tissue damage to
                                                    and (3) high-frequency cetaceans                                al., 2007; Götz et al., 2009). The degree                       auditory or other systems. Overlaying
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    (Pygmy sperm whale (Kogia breviceps),                           of effect is intrinsically related to the                        these zones to a certain extent is the
                                                    and dwarf sperm whale (Kogia sima)).                            signal characteristics, received level,                          area within which masking (i.e., when a
                                                    There are no phocid or otariid species                          distance from the source, and duration                           sound interferes with or masks the
                                                    that will be impacted by 86 FWS’s                               of the sound exposure. In general,                               ability of an animal to detect a signal of
                                                    activities. A species’ functional hearing                       sudden, high level sounds can cause                              interest that is above the absolute
                                                    group is a consideration when we                                hearing loss, as can longer exposures to                         hearing threshold) may occur; the
                                                    analyze the effects of exposure to sound                        lower level sounds. Temporary or                                 masking zone may be highly variable in
                                                    on marine mammals.                                              permanent loss of hearing will occur                             size.


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014      14:02 May 04, 2017     Jkt 241001    PO 00000      Frm 00026     Fmt 4702    Sfmt 4702     E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM          05MYP1


                                                    21168                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                       We describe the more severe effects                  marine mammals exposed to high level                  serious. For example, a marine mammal
                                                    (i.e., certain non-auditory physical or                 underwater sound or as a secondary                    may be able to readily compensate for
                                                    physiological effects and mortality) only               effect of extreme behavioral reactions                a brief, relatively small amount of TTS
                                                    briefly as we do not expect that there is               (e.g., change in dive profile as a result             in a non-critical frequency range that
                                                    a reasonable likelihood that 86 FWS’s                   of an avoidance reaction) caused by                   occurs during a time where ambient
                                                    activities may result in such effects (see              exposure to sound include neurological                noise is lower and there are not as many
                                                    below for further discussion). Marine                   effects, bubble formation, resonance                  competing sounds present.
                                                    mammals exposed to high-intensity                       effects, and other types of organ or                  Alternatively, a larger amount and
                                                    sound, or to lower-intensity sound for                  tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall             longer duration of TTS sustained during
                                                    prolonged periods, can experience                       et al., 2007; Zimmer and Tyack, 2007).                time when communication is critical for
                                                    hearing threshold shift (TS), which is                  86 FWS’s activities involve the use of                successful mother/calf interactions
                                                    the loss of hearing sensitivity at certain              devices such as explosives that are                   could have more serious impacts.
                                                    frequency ranges (Kastak et al., 1999;                  associated with these types of effects;                  Currently, TTS data exist only for four
                                                    Schlundt et al., 2000; Finneran et al.,                 however, severe injury to marine                      species of cetaceans ((bottlenose
                                                    2002, 2005b). TS can be permanent                       mammals is not anticipated from these                 dolphin, beluga whale (Delphinapterus
                                                    (PTS), in which case the loss of hearing                activities.                                           leucas), harbor porpoise (Phocoena
                                                    sensitivity is not fully recoverable, or                   When a live or dead marine mammal                  phocoena), and Yangtze finless porpoise
                                                    temporary (TTS), in which case the                      swims or floats onto shore and is                     (Neophocoena asiaeorientalis)) and
                                                    animal’s hearing threshold would                        incapable of returning to sea, the event              three species of pinnipeds (northern
                                                    recover over time (Southall et al., 2007).              is termed a ‘‘stranding’’ (16 U.S.C.                  elephant seal (Mirounga angustirostris),
                                                    Repeated sound exposure that leads to                   1421h(3)). Marine mammals are known                   harbor seal (Phoca vitulina), and
                                                    TTS could cause PTS. In severe cases of                 to strand for a variety of reasons, such              California sea lion (Zalophus
                                                    PTS, there can be total or partial                      as infectious agents, biotoxicosis,                   californianus)) exposed to a limited
                                                    deafness, while in most cases the animal                starvation, fishery interaction, ship                 number of sound sources (i.e., mostly
                                                    has an impaired ability to hear sounds                  strike, unusual oceanographic or                      tones and octave-band noise) in
                                                    in specific frequency ranges (Kryter                    weather events, sound exposure, or                    laboratory settings (e.g., Finneran et al.,
                                                    1985).                                                  combinations of these stressors                       2002; Nachtigall et al., 2004; Kastak et
                                                       When PTS occurs, there is physical                   sustained concurrently or in series (e.g.,            al., 2005; Lucke et al., 2009; Popov et
                                                    damage to the sound receptors in the ear                Geraci et al., 1999). However, the cause              al., 2011). In general, harbor seals
                                                    (i.e., tissue damage); whereas, TTS                     or causes of most strandings are                      (Kastak et al., 2005; Kastelein et al.,
                                                    represents primarily tissue fatigue and                 unknown (e.g., Best 1982).                            2012a) and harbor porpoises (Lucke et
                                                    is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In               Combinations of dissimilar stressors                  al., 2009; Kastelein et al., 2012b) have
                                                    addition, other investigators have                      may combine to kill an animal or                      a lower TTS onset than other measured
                                                    suggested that TTS is within the normal                 dramatically reduce its fitness, even                 pinniped or cetacean species.
                                                    bounds of physiological variability and                 though one exposure without the other                 Additionally, the existing marine
                                                    tolerance and does not represent                        would not be expected to produce the                  mammal TTS data come from a limited
                                                    physical injury (e.g., Ward 1997).                      same outcome (e.g., Sih et al., 2004). For            number of individuals within these
                                                    Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS                   further description of stranding events               species. There are no data available on
                                                    to constitute auditory injury.                          see, e.g., Southall et al., 2006; Jepson et           noise-induced hearing loss for
                                                       Relationships between TTS and PTS                    al., 2013; Wright et al., 2013.                       mysticetes. For summaries of data on
                                                    thresholds have not been studied in                        1. Temporary threshold shift—TTS is                TTS in marine mammals or for further
                                                    marine mammals—PTS data exists only                     the mildest form of hearing impairment                discussion of TTS onset thresholds,
                                                    for a single harbor seal (Kastak et al.,                that can occur during exposure to sound               please see Southall et al. (2007) and
                                                    2008)—but are assumed to be similar to                  (Kryter 1985). While experiencing TTS,                Finneran and Jenkins (2012).
                                                    those in humans and other terrestrial                   the hearing threshold rises, and a sound                 2. Behavioral effects—Behavioral
                                                    mammals. PTS typically occurs at                        must be at a higher level in order to be              disturbance may include a variety of
                                                    exposure levels at least several decibels               heard. In terrestrial and marine                      effects, including subtle changes in
                                                    above (a 40-dB threshold shift                          mammals, TTS can last from minutes or                 behavior (e.g., minor or brief avoidance
                                                    approximates PTS onset; e.g., Kryter et                 hours to days (in cases of strong TTS).               of an area or changes in vocalizations),
                                                    al., 1966; Miller, 1974) that inducing                  In many cases, hearing sensitivity                    more conspicuous changes in similar
                                                    mild TTS (a 6-dB threshold shift                        recovers rapidly after exposure to the                behavioral activities, and more
                                                    approximates TTS onset; e.g., Southall                  sound ends. Few data on sound levels                  sustained and/or potentially severe
                                                    et al., 2007). Based on data from                       and durations necessary to elicit mild                reactions, such as displacement from or
                                                    terrestrial mammals, a precautionary                    TTS have been obtained for marine                     abandonment of high-quality habitat.
                                                    assumption is that the PTS thresholds                   mammals, and none of the data                         Behavioral responses to sound are
                                                    for impulse sounds (such as bombs) are                  published at the time of this writing                 highly variable and context-specific and
                                                    at least 6 dB higher than the TTS                       concern TTS elicited by exposure to                   any reactions depend on numerous
                                                    threshold on a peak-pressure basis and                  multiple pulses of sound.                             intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g.,
                                                    PTS cumulative sound exposure level                        Marine mammal hearing plays a                      species, state of maturity, experience,
                                                    thresholds are 15 to 20 dB higher than                  critical role in communication with                   current activity, reproductive state,
                                                    TTS cumulative sound exposure level                     conspecifics, and in interpretation of                auditory sensitivity, and time of day), as
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    thresholds (Southall et al., 2007). Given               environmental cues for purposes such                  well as the interplay between factors
                                                    the higher level of sound or longer                     as predator avoidance and prey capture.               (e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et
                                                    exposure duration necessary to cause                    Depending on the degree (elevation of                 al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart,
                                                    PTS as compared with TTS, it is                         threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery            2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral
                                                    considerably less likely that PTS could                 time), and frequency range of TTS, and                reactions can vary not only among
                                                    occur.                                                  the context in which it is experienced,               individuals but also within an
                                                       Non-auditory physiological effects or                TTS can have effects on marine                        individual, depending on previous
                                                    injuries that theoretically might occur in              mammals ranging from discountable to                  experience with a sound source,


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                             21169

                                                    context, and numerous other factors                     2005). There are broad categories of                  exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001,
                                                    (Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary                    potential response, which we describe                 2005b, 2006; Gailey et al., 2007).
                                                    depending on characteristics associated                 in greater detail here, that include                     Marine mammals vocalize for
                                                    with the sound source (e.g., whether it                 alteration of dive behavior, alteration of            different purposes and across multiple
                                                    is moving or stationary, number of                      foraging behavior, effects to breathing,              modes, such as whistling, echolocation
                                                    sources, and distance from the source).                 interference with or alteration of                    click production, calling, and singing.
                                                    Please see Appendices B–C of Southall                   vocalization, avoidance, and flight.                  Changes in vocalization behavior in
                                                    et al. (2007) for a review of studies                      Changes in dive behavior can vary                  response to anthropogenic noise can
                                                    involving marine mammal behavioral                      widely and may consist of increased or                occur for any of these modes and may
                                                    responses to sound.                                     decreased dive times and surface                      result from a need to compete with an
                                                       Habituation can occur when an                        intervals as well as changes in the rates             increase in background noise or may
                                                    animal’s response to a stimulus wanes                   of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g.,            reflect increased vigilance or a startle
                                                    with repeated exposure, usually in the                  Frankel and Clark, 2000; Costa et al.,                response. For example, in the presence
                                                    absence of unpleasant associated events                 2003; Ng and Leung, 2003; Nowacek et                  of potentially masking signals,
                                                    (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most                al.; 2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a,b).                humpback whales and killer whales
                                                    likely to habituate to sounds that are                  Variations in dive behavior may reflect               have been observed to increase the
                                                    predictable and unvarying. It is                        interruptions in biologically significant             length of their songs (Miller et al., 2000;
                                                    important to note that habituation is                   activities (e.g., foraging), or they may be           Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004),
                                                    appropriately considered as a                           of little biological significance. The                while right whales have been observed
                                                    ‘‘progressive reduction in response to                  impact of an alteration to dive behavior              to shift the frequency content of their
                                                    stimuli that are perceived as neither                   resulting from an acoustic exposure                   calls upward while reducing the rate of
                                                    aversive nor beneficial,’’ rather than as,              depends on what the animal is doing at                calling in areas of increased
                                                    more generally, moderation in response                  the time of the exposure and the type                 anthropogenic noise (Parks et al.,
                                                    to human disturbance (Bejder et al.,                    and magnitude of the response.                        2007b). In some cases, animals may
                                                    2009). The opposite process is                                                                                cease sound production during
                                                                                                               Disruption of feeding behavior can be
                                                    sensitization, when an unpleasant                                                                             production of aversive signals (Bowles
                                                                                                            difficult to correlate with anthropogenic
                                                    experience leads to subsequent                                                                                et al., 1994).
                                                                                                            sound exposure, so it is usually inferred                Avoidance is the displacement of an
                                                    responses, often in the form of
                                                                                                            by observed displacement from known                   individual from an area or migration
                                                    avoidance, at a lower level of exposure.
                                                                                                            foraging areas, the appearance of                     path as a result of the presence of a
                                                    As noted, behavioral state may affect the
                                                                                                            secondary indicators (e.g., bubble nets               sound or other stressors, and is one of
                                                    type of response. For example, animals
                                                                                                            or sediment plumes), or changes in dive               the most obvious manifestations of
                                                    that are resting may show greater
                                                                                                            behavior. As for other types of                       disturbance in marine mammals
                                                    behavioral change in response to
                                                                                                            behavioral response, the frequency,                   (Richardson et al., 1995). For example,
                                                    disturbing sound levels than animals
                                                                                                            duration, and temporal pattern of signal              gray whales are known to change
                                                    that are highly motivated to remain in
                                                    an area for feeding (Richardson et al.,                 presentation, as well as differences in               direction—deflecting from customary
                                                    1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003).                 species sensitivity, are likely                       migratory paths—in order to avoid noise
                                                    Controlled experiments with captive                     contributing factors to differences in                from seismic surveys (Malme et al.,
                                                    marine mammals have shown                               response in any given circumstance                    1984). Avoidance may be short-term,
                                                    pronounced behavioral reactions,                        (e.g., Croll et al., 2001; Nowacek et al.;            with animals returning to the area once
                                                    including avoidance of loud sound                       2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et                the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al.,
                                                    sources (Ridgway et al., 1997; Finneran                 al., 2007). A determination of whether                1994; Goold 1996; Stone et al., 2000;
                                                    et al., 2003). Observed responses of wild               foraging disruptions incur fitness                    Morton and Symonds 2002; Gailey et
                                                    marine mammals to loud pulsed sound                     consequences would require                            al., 2007). Longer-term displacement is
                                                    sources (typically seismic airguns or                   information on or estimates of the                    possible, however, which may lead to
                                                    acoustic harassment devices) have been                  energetic requirements of the affected                changes in abundance or distribution
                                                    varied, but often consist of avoidance                  individuals and the relationship                      patterns of the affected species in the
                                                    behavior or other behavioral changes                    between prey availability, foraging effort            affected region if habituation to the
                                                    suggesting discomfort (Morton and                       and success, and the life history stage of            presence of the sound does not occur
                                                    Symonds, 2002; see also Richardson et                   the animal.                                           (e.g., Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al.,
                                                    al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007).                          Variations in respiration naturally                2006; Teilmann et al., 2006).
                                                       Available studies show wide variation                vary with different behaviors, and                       A flight response is a dramatic change
                                                    in response to underwater sound;                        alterations to breathing rate as a                    in normal movement to a directed and
                                                    therefore, it is difficult to predict                   function of acoustic exposure can be                  rapid movement away from the
                                                    specifically how any given sound in a                   expected to co-occur with other                       perceived location of a sound source.
                                                    particular instance might affect marine                 behavioral reactions, such as a flight                The flight response differs from other
                                                    mammals perceiving the signal. If a                     response or an alteration in diving.                  avoidance responses in the intensity of
                                                    marine mammal does react briefly to an                  However, respiration rates in and of                  the response (e.g., directed movement,
                                                    underwater sound by changing its                        themselves may be representative of                   and rate of travel). Relatively little
                                                    behavior or moving a small distance, the                annoyance or an acute stress response.                information on flight responses of
                                                    impacts of the change are unlikely to be                Various studies have shown that                       marine mammals to anthropogenic
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    significant to the individual, let alone to             respiration rates may either be                       signals exist, although observations of
                                                    the stock or population. However, if a                  unaffected or could increase, depending               flight responses to the presence of
                                                    sound source displaces marine                           on the species and signal characteristics,            predators have occurred (Connor and
                                                    mammals from an important feeding or                    again highlighting the importance in                  Heithaus 1996). The result of a flight
                                                    breeding area for a prolonged period,                   understanding species differences in the              response could range from brief,
                                                    impacts on individuals and populations                  tolerance of underwater noise when                    temporary exertion and displacement
                                                    could be significant (e.g., Lusseau and                 determining the potential for impacts                 from the area where the signal provokes
                                                    Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC,                      resulting from anthropogenic sound                    flight to, in extreme cases, marine


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                    21170                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                    mammal strandings (Evans and England                    economical (in terms of energetic costs)              stressors and that it is possible that
                                                    2001). However, it should be noted that                 response is behavioral avoidance of the               some of these would be classified as
                                                    response to a perceived predator does                   potential stressor. Autonomic nervous                 ‘‘distress.’’ In addition, any animal
                                                    not necessarily invoke flight (Ford and                 system responses to stress typically                  experiencing TTS would likely also
                                                    Reeves 2008), and whether individuals                   involve changes in heart rate, blood                  experience stress responses (NRC,
                                                    are solitary or in groups may influence                 pressure, and gastrointestinal activity.              2003).
                                                    the response.                                           These responses have a relatively short                  4. Auditory masking—Sound can
                                                       Behavioral disturbance can also                      duration and may or may not have a                    disrupt behavior through masking, or
                                                    impact marine mammals in subtler                        significant long-term effect on an                    interfering with, an animal’s ability to
                                                    ways. Increased vigilance may result in                 animal’s fitness.                                     detect, recognize, or discriminate
                                                    costs related to diversion of focus and                    Neuroendocrine stress responses often              between acoustic signals of interest (e.g.,
                                                    attention (i.e., when a response consists               involve the hypothalamus-pituitary-                   those used for intraspecific
                                                    of increased vigilance, it may come at                  adrenal system. Virtually all                         communication and social interactions,
                                                    the cost of decreased attention to other                neuroendocrine functions that are                     prey detection, predator avoidance, and
                                                    critical behaviors such as foraging or                  affected by stress—including immune                   navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995).
                                                    resting). These effects have generally not              competence, reproduction, metabolism,                 Masking occurs when the receipt of a
                                                    been demonstrated for marine                            and behavior—are regulated by pituitary               sound is interfered with by another
                                                    mammals, but studies involving fish                     hormones. Stress-induced changes in                   coincident sound at similar frequencies
                                                    and terrestrial animals have shown that                 the secretion of pituitary hormones have              and at similar or higher intensity, and
                                                    increased vigilance may substantially                   been implicated in failed reproduction,               may occur whether the sound is natural
                                                    reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp                   altered metabolism, reduced immune                    (e.g., snapping shrimp, wind, waves,
                                                    and Livoreil 1997; Fritz et al., 2002;                  competence, and behavioral disturbance                and precipitation) or anthropogenic
                                                    Purser and Radford 2011). In addition,                  (e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha, 2000).                   (e.g., shipping, sonar, and seismic
                                                    chronic disturbance can cause                           Increases in the circulation of                       exploration) in origin. The ability of a
                                                    population declines through reduction                   glucocorticoids are also equated with                 noise source to mask biologically
                                                    of fitness (e.g., decline in body                       stress (Romano et al., 2004).                         important sounds depends on the
                                                    condition) and subsequent reduction in                     The primary distinction between                    characteristics of both the noise source
                                                    reproductive success, survival, or both                 stress (which is adaptive and does not                and the signal of interest (e.g., signal-to-
                                                    (e.g., Harrington and Veitch, 1992; Daan                normally place an animal at risk) and                 noise ratio, temporal variability, and
                                                    et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998).                   ‘‘distress’’ is the cost of the response.             direction), in relation to each other and
                                                    However, Ridgway et al. (2006) reported                 During a stress response, an animal uses              to an animal’s hearing abilities (e.g.,
                                                    that increased vigilance in bottlenose                  glycogen stores that can be quickly                   sensitivity, frequency range, critical
                                                    dolphins exposed to sound over a five-                  replenished once the stress is alleviated.            ratios, frequency discrimination,
                                                    day period did not cause any sleep                      In such circumstances, the cost of the                directional discrimination, age or TTS
                                                    deprivation or stress effects.                          stress response would not pose serious                hearing loss), and existing ambient
                                                       Many animals perform vital functions,                fitness consequences. However, when                   noise and propagation conditions.
                                                    such as feeding, resting, traveling, and                an animal does not have sufficient                       Under certain circumstances, marine
                                                    socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour                   energy reserves to satisfy the energetic              mammals experiencing significant
                                                    cycle). Disruptions of such functions                   costs of a stress response, energy                    masking could also be impaired from
                                                    resulting from reactions to stressors                   resources must be diverted from other                 maximizing their performance fitness in
                                                    such as sound exposure are more likely                  functions. This state of distress will last           survival and reproduction. Therefore,
                                                    to be significant if they last more than                until the animal replenishes its                      when the coincident (masking) sound is
                                                    one diel cycle or recur on subsequent                   energetic reserves sufficient to restore              man-made, it may be considered
                                                    days (Southall et al., 2007).                           normal function.                                      harassment when disrupting or altering
                                                    Consequently, a behavioral response                        Relationships between these                        critical behaviors. It is important to
                                                    lasting less than one day and not                       physiological mechanisms, animal                      distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist
                                                    recurring on subsequent days is not                     behavior, and the costs of stress                     after the sound exposure, from masking,
                                                    considered particularly severe unless it                responses are well-studied through                    which occurs during the sound
                                                    could directly affect reproduction or                   controlled experiments and for both                   exposure. Because masking (without
                                                    survival (Southall et al., 2007). Note that             laboratory and free-ranging animals                   resulting in TS) is not associated with
                                                    there is a difference between multi-day                 (e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al.,           abnormal physiological function, it is
                                                    substantive behavioral reactions and                    1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et                not considered a physiological effect,
                                                    multi-day anthropogenic activities. For                 al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress             but it may result in a behavioral effect.
                                                    example, just because an activity lasts                 responses due to exposure to                             The frequency range of the potentially
                                                    for multiple days does not necessarily                  anthropogenic sounds or other stressors               masking sound is important in
                                                    mean that individual animals are either                 and their effects on marine mammals                   determining any potential behavioral
                                                    exposed to activity-related stressors for               have also been reviewed (Fair and                     impacts. For example, low-frequency
                                                    multiple days or, further, exposed in a                 Becker 2000; Romano et al., 2002b) and,               signals may have less effect on high-
                                                    manner resulting in sustained multi-day                 more rarely, studied in wild populations              frequency echolocation sounds
                                                    substantive behavioral responses.                       (e.g., Romano et al., 2002a). For                     produced by odontocetes, but are more
                                                       3. Stress responses—An animal’s                      example, Rolland et al. (2012) found                  likely to affect detection of mysticete
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    perception of a threat may be sufficient                that noise reduction from reduced ship                communication calls and other
                                                    to trigger stress responses consisting of               traffic in the Bay of Fundy was                       potentially important natural sounds
                                                    some combination of behavioral                          associated with decreased stress in                   such as those produced by surf and
                                                    responses, autonomic nervous system                     North Atlantic right whales. These and                some prey species. The masking of
                                                    responses, neuroendocrine responses, or                 other studies lead to a reasonable                    communication signals caused by
                                                    immune responses (e.g., Seyle 1950;                     expectation that some marine mammals                  anthropogenic noise may be considered
                                                    Moberg 2000). In many cases, an                         will experience physiological stress                  as a reduction in the communication
                                                    animal’s first and sometimes most                       responses upon exposure to acoustic                   space of animals (e.g., Clark et al., 2009),


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                           21171

                                                    and may result in energetic or other                    behavioral responses, or exhibit                      function of the total received pulse
                                                    costs as animals change their                           temporary behavioral responses (e.g.                  energy.
                                                    vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al.,             flight responses, temporary avoidance)                   Non-auditory Physiological Effects—
                                                    2000; Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al.,                 from hearing the blast sound. Generally,              Non-auditory physiological effects or
                                                    2007b; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009; Holt et                exposures to higher levels of impulse                 injuries that theoretically might occur in
                                                    al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in                   and pressure levels would result in                   marine mammals exposed to strong
                                                    situations where the signal and noise                   greater impacts to an individual animal.              underwater sound include stress and
                                                    come from different directions                             The effects of underwater detonations              other types of organ or tissue damage
                                                    (Richardson et al., 1995), through                      on marine mammals are dependent on                    (Cox et al., 2006; Southall et al., 2007).
                                                    amplitude modulation of the signal, or                  several factors, including the size, type,               Serious Injury/Mortality: 86 FWS
                                                    through other compensatory behaviors                    and depth of the animal; the depth,                   proposes to use munitions in its training
                                                    (Houser and Moore 2014). Masking can                    intensity, and duration of the sound; the             exercises that may detonate above, at, or
                                                    be tested directly in captive species                   depth of the water column; the substrate              slightly below the water surface. The
                                                    (e.g., Erbe 2008), but in wild                          of the habitat; the standoff distance                 explosions from these weapons would
                                                    populations it must be either modeled                   between activities and the animal; and                send a shock wave and blast noise
                                                    or inferred from evidence of masking                    the sound propagation properties of the               through the water, release gaseous by-
                                                    compensation. There are few studies                     environment. Thus, we expect impacts                  products, create an oscillating bubble,
                                                    addressing real-world masking sounds                    to marine mammals from LRS WSEP                       and cause a plume of water to shoot up
                                                    likely to be experienced by marine                      activities to result primarily from                   from the water surface. The shock wave
                                                    mammals in the wild (e.g., Branstetter et               acoustic pathways. As such, the degree                and blast noise are of most concern to
                                                    al., 2013).                                             of the effect relates to the received level           marine animals. In general, potential
                                                       Masking affects both senders and                     and duration of the sound exposure, as                impacts from explosive detonations can
                                                    receivers of acoustic signals and can                   influenced by the distance between the                range from brief effects (such as short
                                                    potentially have long-term chronic                      animal and the source. The further away               term behavioral disturbance), tactile
                                                    effects on marine mammals at the                        from the source, the less intense the                 perception, physical discomfort, slight
                                                    population level as well as at the                      exposure should be.                                   injury of the internal organs, and death
                                                    individual level. Low-frequency                            The potential effects of underwater                of the animal (Yelverton et al., 1973;
                                                    ambient sound levels have increased by                  detonations from the proposed LRS                     O’Keeffe and Young 1984; DoN 2001).
                                                    as much as 20 dB (more than three times                 WSEP training activities may include                  Physical damage of tissues resulting
                                                    in terms of SPL) in the world’s ocean                   one or more of the following: Temporary               from a shock wave (from an explosive
                                                    from pre-industrial periods, with most                  or permanent hearing impairment, non-                 detonation) constitutes an injury. Blast
                                                    of the increase from distant commercial                 auditory physical or physiological                    effects are greatest at the gas-liquid
                                                    shipping (Hildebrand 2009). All                         effects, behavioral disturbance, and                  interface (Landsberg 2000) and gas-
                                                    anthropogenic sound sources, but                        masking (Richardson et al., 1995;                     containing organs, particularly the lungs
                                                    especially chronic and lower-frequency                  Gordon et al., 2004; Nowacek et al.,                  and gastrointestinal tract, are especially
                                                    signals (e.g., from vessel traffic),                    2007; Southall et al., 2007). However,                susceptible to damage (Goertner 1982;
                                                    contribute to elevated ambient sound                    the effects of noise on marine mammals                Yelverton et al., 1973). Nasal sacs,
                                                    levels, thus intensifying masking.                      are highly variable, often depending on               larynx, pharynx, trachea, and lungs may
                                                       The LRS WSEP training exercises                      species and contextual factors (based on              be damaged by compression/expansion
                                                    proposed for the incidental take of                     Richardson et al., 1995).                             caused by the oscillations of the blast
                                                    marine mammals have the potential to                       In the absence of mitigation, impacts              gas bubble (Reidenberg and Laitman
                                                    take marine mammals by exposing them                    to marine species could result from                   2003). Severe damage (from the shock
                                                    to impulsive noise and pressure waves                   physiological and behavioral responses                wave) to the ears can include tympanic
                                                    generated by live ordnance detonation                   to both the type and strength of the                  membrane rupture, fracture of the
                                                    at the surface of the water. Exposure to                acoustic signature (Viada et al., 2008).              ossicles, cochlear damage, hemorrhage,
                                                    energy, pressure, or direct strike by                   The type and severity of behavioral                   and cerebrospinal fluid leakage into the
                                                    ordnance has the potential to result in                 impacts are more difficult to define due              middle ear.
                                                    non-lethal injury (Level A harassment),                 to limited studies addressing the                        Non-lethal injury includes slight
                                                    disturbance (Level B harassment),                       behavioral effects of impulsive sounds                injury to internal organs and the
                                                    serious injury, and/or mortality. In                    on marine mammals.                                    auditory system; however, delayed
                                                    addition, NMFS also considered the                         Hearing Impairment and Other                       lethality can be a result of individual or
                                                    potential for harassment from vessel and                Physical Effects—Marine mammals                       cumulative sublethal injuries (DoN
                                                    aircraft operations.                                    exposed to high intensity sound                       2001). Immediate lethal injury would be
                                                                                                            repeatedly or for prolonged periods can               a result of massive combined trauma to
                                                    Acoustic Effects, Underwater                            experience hearing threshold shift.                   internal organs as a direct result of
                                                      Explosive detonations at the water                    Given the available data, the received                proximity to the point of detonation
                                                    surface send a shock wave and sound                     level of a single pulse (with no                      (DoN 2001).
                                                    energy through the water and can                        frequency weighting) might need to be
                                                    release gaseous by-products, create an                  approximately 186 dB re 1 mPa2–s (i.e.,               Disturbance Reactions
                                                    oscillating bubble, or cause a plume of                 186 dB sound exposure level (SEL) or                     Because the few available studies
                                                    water to shoot up from the water                        approximately 221–226 dB p-p (peak))                  show wide variation in response to
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    surface. The shock wave and                             in order to produce brief, mild TTS.                  underwater sound, it is difficult to
                                                    accompanying noise are of most concern                  Exposure to several strong pulses that                quantify exactly how sound from the
                                                    to marine animals. Depending on the                     each have received levels near 190 dB                 LRS WSEP operational testing would
                                                    intensity of the shock wave and size,                   rms (175–180 dB SEL) might result in                  affect marine mammals. It is likely that
                                                    location, and depth of the animal, an                   cumulative exposure of approximately                  the onset of surface detonations could
                                                    animal can be injured, killed, suffer                   186 dB SEL and thus slight TTS in a                   result in temporary, short term changes
                                                    non-lethal physical effects, experience                 small odontocete, assuming the TTS                    in an animal’s typical behavior and/or
                                                    hearing related effects with or without                 threshold is (to a first approximation) a             avoidance of the affected area. These


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00030   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                    21172                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                    behavioral changes may include                          mammals are agile and move more                       low. Marine mammals spend the
                                                    (Richardson et al., 1995): Changing                     quickly through the water, making them                majority of their time below the surface
                                                    durations of surfacing and dives,                       less susceptible to ship strikes. NMFS                of the water, and the potential for one
                                                    number of blows per surfacing, moving                   and 86 FWS are not aware of any vessel                bomb or missile to hit that animal at
                                                    direction and/or speed; reduced/                        strikes of marine mammals within in                   that specific time is highly unlikely.
                                                    increased vocal activities; changing/                   BSURE area during training operations,
                                                                                                                                                                  Anticipated Effects on Habitat
                                                    cessation of certain behavioral activities              and both parties do not anticipate that
                                                    (such as socializing or feeding); visible               potential 86 FWS vessels engaged in the                  Detonations of live ordnance would
                                                    startle response or aggressive behavior                 specified activity would strike any                   result in temporary changes to the water
                                                    (such as tail/fluke slapping or jaw                     marine mammals.                                       environment. An explosion on the
                                                    clapping); or avoidance of areas where                     Aircraft produce noise at frequencies              surface of the water from these weapons
                                                    sound sources are located.                              that are well within the frequency range              could send a shock wave and blast noise
                                                      The biological significance of any of                 of cetacean hearing and also produce                  through the water, release gaseous by-
                                                    these behavioral disturbances is difficult              visual signals such as the aircraft itself            products, create an oscillating bubble,
                                                    to predict, especially if the detected                  and its shadow (Richardson et al., 1995,              and cause a plume of water to shoot up
                                                    disturbances appear minor. However                      Richardson and Wursig, 1997). A major                 from the water surface. However, these
                                                    generally, one could expect the                         difference between aircraft noise and                 effects would be temporary and not
                                                    consequences of behavioral                              noise caused by other anthropogenic                   expected to last more than a few
                                                    modification to be biologically                         sources is that the sound is generated in             seconds. Similarly, 86 FWS does not
                                                    significant if the change affects growth,               the air, transmitted through the water                expect any long-term impacts with
                                                    survival, or reproduction. Significant                  surface and then propagates underwater                regard to hazardous constituents to
                                                    behavioral modifications that could                     to the receiver, diminishing the received             occur. The 86 FWS considered the
                                                    potentially lead to effects on growth,                  levels significantly below what is heard              introduction of fuel, debris, ordnance,
                                                    survival, or reproduction include:                      above the water’s surface. Sound                      and chemical materials into the water
                                                      • Drastic changes in diving/surfacing                 transmission from air to water is greatest            column within its EA and determined
                                                    patterns (such as those thought to cause                in a sound cone 26 degrees directly                   the potential effects of each to be
                                                    beaked whale stranding due to exposure                  under the aircraft.                                   insignificant. We summarize 86 FWS’s
                                                    to military mid-frequency tactical                         There are fewer reports of reactions of            analyses in the following paragraphs.
                                                    sonar);                                                 odontocetes to aircraft than those of                 For a complete discussion of potential
                                                      • Habitat abandonment due to loss of                  pinnipeds. Responses to aircraft by                   effects, please refer to section 3.0 in 86
                                                    desirable acoustic environment; and                     pinnipeds include diving, slapping the                FWS’s EA.
                                                      • Cessation of feeding or social                      water with pectoral fins or tail fluke, or               Metals typically used to construct
                                                    interaction.                                            swimming away from the track of the                   bombs and missiles include aluminum,
                                                       The onset of behavioral disturbance                  aircraft (Richardson et al., 1995). The               steel, and lead, among others.
                                                    from anthropogenic sound depends on                     nature and degree of the response, or the             Aluminum is also present in some
                                                    both external factors (characteristics of               lack thereof, are dependent upon the                  explosive materials. These materials
                                                    sound sources and their paths) and the                  nature of the flight (e.g., type of aircraft,         would settle to the seafloor after
                                                    specific characteristics of the receiving               altitude, straight vs. circular flight                munitions detonate. Metal ions would
                                                    animals (hearing, motivation,                           pattern). Wursig et al. (1998) assessed               slowly leach into the substrate and the
                                                    experience, demography) and is difficult                the responses of cetaceans to aerial                  water column, causing elevated
                                                    to predict (Southall et al., 2007).                     surveys in the north central and western              concentrations in a small area around
                                                                                                            Gulf of Mexico using a DeHavilland                    the munitions fragments. Some of the
                                                    Auditory Masking                                        Twin Otter fixed-wing airplane. The                   metals, such as aluminum, occur
                                                       While it may occur temporarily, we                   plane flew at an altitude of 229 m (751.3             naturally in the ocean at varying
                                                    do not expect auditory masking to result                ft) at 204 km/hr (126.7 mph) and                      concentrations and would not
                                                    in detrimental impacts to an                            maintained a minimum of 305 m (1,000                  necessarily impact the substrate or
                                                    individual’s or population’s survival,                  ft) straight line distance from the                   water column. Other metals, such as
                                                    fitness, or reproductive success.                       cetaceans. Water depth was 100 to 1,000               lead, could cause toxicity in microbial
                                                    Dolphin movement is not restricted                      m (328 to 3,281 ft). Bottlenose dolphins              communities in the substrate. However,
                                                    within the BSURE area, allowing for                     most commonly responded by diving                     such effects would be localized to a very
                                                    movement out of the area to avoid                       (48 percent), while 14 percent                        small distance around munitions
                                                    masking impacts, and the sound                          responded by moving away. Other                       fragments and would not significantly
                                                    resulting from the detonations is short                 species (e.g., beluga (Delphinapterus                 affect the overall habitat quality of
                                                    in duration. Also, masking is typically                 leucas) and sperm whales) show                        sediments in the BSURE area. In
                                                    of greater concern for those marine                     considerable variation in reactions to                addition, metal fragments would
                                                    mammals that utilize low frequency                      aircraft but diving or swimming away                  corrode, degrade, and become encrusted
                                                    communications, such as baleen whales                   from the aircraft are the most common                 over time.
                                                    and, as such, is not likely to occur for                reactions to low flights (less than 500 m;               Chemical materials include explosive
                                                    marine mammals in the BSURE area.                       1,640 ft).                                            byproducts and also fuel, oil, and other
                                                                                                                                                                  fluids associated with remotely
                                                    Vessel and Aircraft Presence                            Direct Strike by Ordnance                             controlled target boats. Explosive
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                       The marine mammals most vulnerable                      Another potential risk to marine                   byproducts would be introduced into
                                                    to vessel strikes are slow-moving and/or                mammals is direct strike by ordnance,                 the water column through detonation of
                                                    spend extended periods of time at the                   in which the ordnance physically hits                 live munitions. Explosive materials
                                                    surface in order to restore oxygen levels               an animal. Although strike from an item               would include TNT and research
                                                    within their tissues after deep dives                   at the surface of the water while the                 department explosive (RDX), among
                                                    (e.g., North Atlantic right whales                      animals are at the surface is possible,               others. Various byproducts are
                                                    (Eubalaena glacialis), fin whales, and                  the potential risk of a direct hit to an              produced during and immediately after
                                                    sperm whales). Smaller marine                           animal within the target area would be                detonation of TNT and RDX. During the


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00031   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                            21173

                                                    very brief time that a detonation is in                 However, these events are usually of                  close to shore). Alternatively, when
                                                    progress, intermediate products may                     short duration, and animals are                       missions are located farther offshore,
                                                    include carbon ions, nitrogen ions,                     anticipated to return to the activity area            surveys may be conducted from mission
                                                    oxygen ions, water, hydrogen cyanide,                   during periods of non-activity. Thus,                 aircraft (typically jet aircraft such as F–
                                                    carbon monoxide, nitrogen gas, nitrous                  based on the preceding discussion, we                 15E, F–16, or F–22) or a U.S. Coast
                                                    oxide, cyanic acid, and carbon dioxide                  do not anticipate that the proposed                   Guard C–130 aircraft.
                                                    (Becker 1995). However, reactions                       activity would have any habitat-related                  Protected species surveys typically
                                                    quickly occur between the                               effects that could cause significant or               begin within one hour of weapon
                                                    intermediates, and the final products                   long-term consequences for individual                 release and as close to the impact time
                                                    consist mainly of water, carbon                         marine mammals or their populations.                  as feasible, given human safety
                                                    monoxide, carbon dioxide, and nitrogen                                                                        requirements. Survey personnel must
                                                                                                            Proposed Mitigation
                                                    gas, although small amounts of other                                                                          depart the human hazard zone before
                                                    compounds are typically produced as                        In order to issue an incidental take               weapon release, in accordance with
                                                    well.                                                   authorization (ITA) under section                     Navy safety standards. Personnel
                                                       Chemicals introduced into the water                  101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA, NMFS must                   conduct aerial surveys within an area
                                                    column would be quickly dispersed by                    set forth the permissible methods of                  defined by a maximum 8-mi (13 km)
                                                    waves, currents, and tidal action, and                  taking pursuant to such activity, and                 radius around the impact point with
                                                    eventually become uniformly                             other means of affecting the least                    surveys typically flown in a star pattern.
                                                    distributed. A portion of the carbon                    adverse impact practicable on such                    This survey distance is much larger than
                                                    compounds such as carbon monoxide                       species or stock and its habitat, paying
                                                                                                                                                                  requirements for similar actions at the
                                                    and carbon dioxide would likely                         particular attention to rookeries, mating
                                                                                                                                                                  PMRF and what was accomplished for
                                                    become integrated into the carbonate                    grounds, and areas of similar
                                                                                                                                                                  October 2016 missions. This expanded
                                                    system (alkalinity and pH buffering                     significance, and on the availability of
                                                                                                                                                                  area would encompass the entire
                                                    capacity of seawater). Some of the                      such species or stock for taking for
                                                                                                                                                                  behavioral threshold ranges (SEL) for all
                                                    nitrogen and carbon compounds,                          certain subsistence uses.
                                                                                                               The NDAA of 2004 amended the                       mid-frequency cetaceans, the entire PTS
                                                    including petroleum products, would be                                                                        threshold ranges (SEL) for low-
                                                    metabolized or assimilated by                           MMPA as it relates to military-readiness
                                                                                                            activities and the incidental take                    frequency cetaceans and phocids,
                                                    phytoplankton and bacteria. Most of the                                                                       approximately 23 percent of the TTS
                                                    gas products that do not react with the                 authorization process such that ‘‘least
                                                                                                            practicable adverse impact’’ shall                    threshold ranges (SEL) for low-
                                                    water or become assimilated by
                                                                                                            include consideration of personnel                    frequency cetaceans and phocids, and
                                                    organisms would be released into the
                                                                                                            safety, practicality of implementation,               about 64 percent of the PTS threshold
                                                    atmosphere. Due to dilution, mixing,
                                                                                                            and impact on the effectiveness of the                range (SEL) for high-frequency
                                                    and transformation, none of these
                                                                                                            military readiness activity.                          cetaceans (pygmy and dwarf sperm
                                                    chemicals are expected to have
                                                                                                               NMFS and 86 FWS have worked to                     whales) (Table 5). The survey distance
                                                    significant impacts on the marine
                                                                                                            identify potential practicable and                    would not cover the entire behavioral
                                                    environment.
                                                       Explosive material that is not                       effective mitigation measures, which                  harassment ranges for low- and high-
                                                    consumed in a detonation could sink to                  include a careful balancing of the likely             frequency cetaceans and phocids. Given
                                                    the substrate and bind to sediments.                    benefit of any particular measure to the              operational constraints, surveying these
                                                    However, the quantity of such materials                 marine mammals with the likely effect                 larger areas would not be feasible.
                                                    is expected to be inconsequential.                      of that measure on personnel safety,                     Observers would consist of aircrew
                                                    Research has shown that if munitions                    practicality of implementation, and                   operating the C–26, S–61N, and C–130
                                                    function properly, nearly full                          impact on the military-readiness                      aircraft from the PMRF and the Coast
                                                    combustion of the explosive materials                   activity. We refer the reader to Section              Guard. These aircrew are trained and
                                                    will occur, and only extremely small                    11 of 86 FWS’s application for more                   experienced at conducting aerial marine
                                                    amounts of raw material will remain. In                 detailed information on the proposed                  mammal surveys and have provided
                                                    addition, any remaining materials                       mitigation measures, which include the                similar support for other missions at the
                                                    would be naturally degraded. TNT                        following:                                            PMRF. Aerial surveys are typically
                                                    decomposes when exposed to sunlight                        Timing Restriction: The 86 FWS will                conducted at an altitude of about 200 ft,
                                                    (ultraviolet radiation) and is also                     be restricted to certain times of the day             but altitude may vary somewhat
                                                    degraded by microbial activity (Becker                  and certain months of the year. All                   depending on sea state and atmospheric
                                                    1995). Several types of microorganisms                  missions will occur on weekdays during                conditions. If adverse weather
                                                    have been shown to metabolize TNT.                      daylight hours only. Missions will not                conditions preclude the ability for
                                                    Similarly, RDX decomposes by                            occur during the months of January to                 aircraft to safely operate, missions
                                                    hydrolysis, ultraviolet radiation                       May when transmission loss is greater                 would either be delayed until the
                                                    exposure, and biodegradation.                           due to winter/spring seasonal                         weather clears or cancelled for the day.
                                                       While we anticipate that the specified               conditions and when marine mammal                     The C–26 and other aircraft would
                                                    activity may result in marine mammals                   densities are higher.                                 generally be operated at a slightly higher
                                                    avoiding certain areas due to temporary                    Visual Aerial Surveys: For the LRS                 altitude than the helicopter. The
                                                    ensonification, this impact to habitat                  WSEP activities, mitigation procedures                observers will be provided with the GPS
                                                    and prey resources would be temporary                   consist of visual aerial surveys of the               location of the impact area. Once the
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    and reversible. The main impact                         impact area for the presence of                       aircraft reaches the impact area, pre-
                                                    associated with the proposed activity                   protected marine species (including                   mission surveys typically last for 30
                                                    would be temporarily elevated noise                     marine mammals). During aerial                        minutes, depending on the survey
                                                    levels and the associated direct effects                observation, Navy test range personnel                pattern. The fixed-wing aircraft are
                                                    on marine mammals, previously                           may survey the area from an S–61N                     faster than the helicopter, and,
                                                    discussed in this notice. Marine                        helicopter or C–62 aircraft that is based             therefore, protected species may be
                                                    mammals are anticipated to temporarily                  at the PMRF land facility (typically,                 more difficult to spot. However, to
                                                    vacate the area of live detonations.                    when missions are located relatively                  compensate for the difference in speed,


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00032   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                    21174                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                    the aircraft may fly the survey pattern                 concern are defined in terms of metrics,              mammals present in the area may not be
                                                    multiple times.                                         criteria, and thresholds. A metric is a               vocalizing; and the fact that
                                                       Mission Delays: If a protected species               technical standard of measurement that                vocalizations made by some species
                                                    is observed in the impact area, weapon                  describes the acoustic environment (e.g.,             may be outside of the frequency
                                                    release would be delayed until one of                   frequency duration, temporal pattern,                 capabilities of the hydrophones. These
                                                    the following conditions is met: (1) The                and amplitude) and pressure at a given                limitations are explained further, below.
                                                    animal is observed exiting the impact                   location. Criteria are the resulting types              In regards to the limitations to detect
                                                    area; or (2) the impact area has been                   of possible impact and include                        classify, and estimate locations of
                                                    clear of any additional sightings for a                 mortality, injury, and harassment. A                  marine mammals around the
                                                    period of 30 minutes. All weapons will                  threshold is the level of pressure or                 equipment, and the fact that some of
                                                    be tracked and their water entry points                 noise above which the impact criteria                 those animals may vocalize outside of
                                                    will be documented.                                     are reached.                                          the frequency capabilities of the
                                                       Post-mission surveys would begin                        Standard impulsive and acoustic                    hydrophones, the Navy states:
                                                    immediately after the mission is                        metrics were used for the analysis of                    Based on current capabilities, and given
                                                    complete and the Range Safety Officer                   underwater energy and pressure waves                  adequate time, vocalizing animals within an
                                                    declares the human safety area is                       in this document. Several different                   indeterminate radius around a particular
                                                    reopened. Approximate transit time                      metrics are important for understanding               phone are detected, but obtaining an
                                                    from the perimeter of the human safety                  risk assessment analysis of impacts to                estimated position for all individual animals
                                                    area to the weapon impact area would                    marine mammals: SPL is the ratio of the               passing through a predetermined area is not
                                                    depend on the size of the human safety                  absolute sound pressure to a reference                assured. Detecting vocalizations on a phone
                                                    area and vary between aircraft but is                   level, SEL is the measure of sound                    does not determine whether vocalizing
                                                    expected to be less than 30 minutes.                    intensity and duration, and positive                  individuals would be within the established
                                                    Post-mission surveys would be                                                                                 mitigation zone in the timeframes required
                                                                                                            impulse is the time integral of the
                                                                                                                                                                  for mitigation. Since detection ranges are
                                                    conducted by the same aircraft and                      pressure over the initial positive phase              generally larger than current mitigation zones
                                                    aircrew that conducted the pre-mission                  of an arrival.                                        for many activities, this would unnecessarily
                                                    surveys and would follow the same                          The criteria and thresholds used to                delay events due to uncertainty in the
                                                    patterns as pre-mission surveys but                     estimate potential pressure and acoustic              animals location.
                                                    would focus on the area down current                    impacts to marine mammals resulting                      To develop an estimated position for an
                                                    of the weapon impact area to determine                  from detonations were obtained from                   individual, it must be vocalizing and its
                                                    if protected species were affected by the               Finneran and Jenkins (2012) and                       vocalizations must be detected on at least
                                                    mission (observation of dead or injured                 include mortality, Level A harassment,                three hydrophones. The hydrophones must
                                                    animals). If a serious injury or mortality              and Level B harassment. In some cases,                have the required bandwidth, and dynamic
                                                    occurs to a protected species due to LRS                separate thresholds have been                         range to capture the signal. In addition, calls
                                                                                                                                                                  must be sufficiently loud so as to provide the
                                                    WSEP missions, NMFS would be                            developed for different species groups
                                                                                                                                                                  required signal to noise ratio on the
                                                    notified immediately.                                   or functional hearing groups. Functional              surrounding hydrophones. Typically, small
                                                       A typical mission day would consist                  hearing groups included in the analysis               odontocetes echolocate with a directed beam
                                                    of pre-mission checks, safety review,                   are low-frequency cetaceans, mid-                     that makes detection of the call on multiple
                                                    crew briefings, weather checks, clearing                frequency cetaceans, and high-                        hydrophones difficult. Developing an
                                                    airspace, range clearance, mitigations/                 frequency cetaceans.                                  estimated position of selected species
                                                    monitoring efforts, and other military                     Based on the ranges presented in                   requires the presence of whistles which may
                                                    protocols prior to launch of weapons.                   Table 5 and factoring operational                     or may not be produced depending on the
                                                    Potential delays could be the result of                 limitations associated with the mission,              behavioral state.
                                                    multiple factors including, adverse                     86 FWS estimates that during pre-                        Large baleen species vocalize at
                                                    weather conditions leading to unsafe                    mission surveys, the proposed                         frequencies well below 1 kHz. There are few
                                                                                                                                                                  broadband phones with low frequency
                                                    take-off, landing, and aircraft                         monitoring area would be
                                                                                                                                                                  capabilities at PMRF and they are widely
                                                    operations, inability to clear the range of             approximately 8 mi (13 km) from the                   spaced, especially on the southern portion of
                                                    non-mission vessels or aircraft,                        target area radius around the impact                  the range. This makes estimating the
                                                    mechanical issues with mission aircraft                 point, with surveys typically flown in a              positions of low frequency baleen whales
                                                    or munitions, or presence of protected                  star pattern, which is much larger than               difficult in that area. For minke whale
                                                    species in the impact area. These                       requirements already in place for                     boings, it takes 30 to 45 minutes of calling
                                                    standard operating procedures are                       similar actions at the PMRF and what                  (e.g. observing 8 calls or more) to have good
                                                    usually done in the morning, and live                   was accomplished for October 2016                     confidence in a whale’s estimated position.
                                                    range time may begin in late morning                    missions.                                             Additionally, even minke whales that have
                                                    once all checks are complete and                           NMFS discussed with the 86 FWS                     been vocalizing for extended periods can,
                                                                                                            and the U.S. Navy—whose hydrophones                   and have, gone silent for hours at a time.
                                                    approval is granted from range control.                                                                       Extended gaps in calling have also been
                                                    The range would be closed to the public                 and PAM equipment in the PMRF                         noted for fin, sei, and Bryde’s whales. We are
                                                    for a maximum of four hours per                         would be used—the idea of using PAM                   currently unable to estimate positions of
                                                    mission day.                                            for mitigation purposes to supplement                 humpbacks in real-time.
                                                       Determination of the Zone of                         visual surveys. Through these                            Beaked whales vocalize only during deep
                                                    Influence: The zone of influence (ZOI) is               discussions, NMFS and 86 FWS                          foraging dives which occur at a rate of
                                                    defined as the area or volume of ocean                  attempted to determine if using PAM as                approximately 10 per day. They produce
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    in which marine mammals could be                        a mitigation tool was feasible. The Navy              highly directed echolocation clicks that are
                                                    exposed to various pressure or acoustic                 described the constraints of using PAM                difficult to simultaneously detect on multiple
                                                    energy levels caused by exploding                       as a real-time mitigation tool due to the             hydrophones. Current real-time systems
                                                                                                                                                                  cannot follow individuals and at best
                                                    ordnance. Refer to Appendix A of 86                     limitations of the current technology.                produce sparse positions with multiple false
                                                    FWS’s application for a description of                  These include limitations on the ability              locations.
                                                    the method used to calculate impact                     to detect, classify, and estimate                        The position estimation process must
                                                    areas for explosives. The pressure and                  locations of marine mammals around                    occur in an area with hydrophones spaced to
                                                    energy levels considered to be of                       the equipment; the fact that marine                   allow the detection of the same echolocation



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00033   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                           21175

                                                    click on at least three hydrophones.                    reducing takes by behavioral harassment                  The 86 FWS submitted marine
                                                    Typically, a spacing of less than 4 km in               only).                                                mammal monitoring and reporting
                                                    water depths of approximately 2 km is                      3. A reduction in the number of times              measures in their LOA application. We
                                                    preferred. In the absence of localizations, the         (total number or number at biologically               may modify or supplement these
                                                    analyst can only determine with confidence              important time or location) individuals
                                                    if a group of beaked whales is somewhere
                                                                                                                                                                  measures based on comments or new
                                                    within 6 km of a hydrophone. Beaked whales
                                                                                                            would be exposed to stimuli that we                   information received during the public
                                                    produce stereotypic click trains during deep            expect to result in the take of marine                comment period. Any monitoring
                                                    (<700 m) foraging dives. The presence of a              mammals (this goal may contribute to 1,               requirement we prescribe will improve
                                                    vocalizing group can be readily detected by             above, or to reducing harassment takes                our understanding of one or more of the
                                                    an analyst by examining the click structure             only).                                                following:
                                                    and repetition rate. However, estimating                   4. A reduction in the intensity of                    • Occurrence of marine mammal
                                                    position is possible only if the same train of          exposures (either total number or                     species in action area (e.g., presence,
                                                    clicks is detected on multiple hydrophones              number at biologically important time                 abundance, distribution, density).
                                                    which is often precluded by the animal’s                or location) to training exercises that we               • Nature, scope, or context of likely
                                                    narrow beam pattern.                                    expect to result in the take of marine                marine mammal exposure to potential
                                                      In regards to marine mammals not                      mammals (this goal may contribute to 1,               stressors/impacts (individual or
                                                    vocalizing in the area, the Navy states:                above, or to reducing the severity of                 cumulative, acute or chronic), through
                                                      Animals must vocalize to be detected; the             harassment takes only).                               better understanding of: (1) Action or
                                                    lack of detections on a hydrophone may give                5. Avoidance or minimization of                    environment (e.g., source
                                                    the false impression that the area is all clear.        adverse effects to marine mammal                      characterization, propagation, ambient
                                                    The lack of vocalization detections is not a            habitat, paying special attention to the              noise); (2) Affected species (e.g., life
                                                    direct measure of the absence of marine                 food base, activities that block or limit             history, dive patterns); (3) Co-
                                                    mammals. If an event were to be moved                   passage to or from biologically                       occurrence of marine mammal species
                                                    based upon low-confidence localizations, it             important areas, permanent destruction                with the action; or (4) Biological or
                                                    may inadvertently be moved to an area where             of habitat, or temporary destruction/
                                                    non-vocalizing animals of undetermined
                                                                                                                                                                  behavioral context of exposure (e.g., age,
                                                                                                            disturbance of habitat during a                       calving or feeding areas).
                                                    species/ESA status are present.
                                                                                                            biologically important time.                             • Individual responses to acute
                                                       NMFS decided that these analytical                      6. For monitoring directly related to              stressors, or impacts of chronic
                                                    and technical limitations preclude the                  mitigation—an increase in the                         exposures (behavioral or physiological).
                                                    use of PAM as a real-time mitigation                    probability of detecting marine                          • How anticipated responses to
                                                    tool. However, we will require the use                  mammals, thus allowing for more                       stressors impact either: (1) Long-term
                                                    of PAM for monitoring purposes (as                      effective implementation of the                       fitness and survival of an individual; or
                                                    described below).                                       mitigation.                                           (2) Population, species, or stock.
                                                       We have carefully evaluated 86 FWS’s                    Based on our evaluation of 86 FWS’s                   • Effects on marine mammal habitat
                                                    proposed mitigation measures in the                     proposed measures, as well as other                   and resultant impacts to marine
                                                    context of ensuring that we prescribe                   measures that may be relevant to the                  mammals.
                                                    the means of effecting the least                        specified activity, we have preliminarily                • Mitigation and monitoring
                                                    practicable adverse impact on the                       determined that the proposed mitigation               effectiveness.
                                                    affected marine mammal species and                      measures, including visual aerial                        NMFS proposes to include the
                                                    stocks and their habitat. Our evaluation                surveys and mission delays if protected               following monitoring and reporting
                                                    of potential measures included                          species are observed in the impact area,              measures in the LRS WSEP
                                                    consideration of the following factors in               provide the means of effecting the least              Authorization (if issued):
                                                    relation to one another:                                practicable adverse impact on marine                     (1) Using mission reporting forms, the
                                                       • The manner in which, and the                       mammal species or stocks and their                    86 FWS will track the use of the PMRF
                                                    degree to which, the successful                         habitat, paying particular attention to               for missions and protected species
                                                    implementation of the measure is                        rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of               observations.
                                                    expected to minimize adverse impacts                    similar significance (while also                         (2) The 86 FWS will submit a
                                                    to marine mammals;                                      considering personnel safety,                         summary report of marine mammal
                                                       • The proven or likely efficacy of the               practicality of implementation, and the               observations and LRS WSEP activities to
                                                    specific measure to minimize adverse                    impact of effectiveness of the military               the NMFS PIRO and the Office of
                                                    impacts as planned; and                                 readiness activity).                                  Protected Resources 90 days after
                                                       • The practicability of the measure                                                                        completion of mission activities each
                                                    for applicant implementation.                           Proposed Monitoring and Reporting                     year. This report must include the
                                                       NMFS prescribes mitigation measures                     In order to issue an ITA for an                    following information: (i) Date and time
                                                    that accomplish, have a reasonable                      activity, Section 101(a)(5)(A) of the                 of each LRS WSEP exercise; (ii) a
                                                    likelihood of accomplishing (based on                   MMPA states that NMFS must set forth                  complete description of the pre-exercise
                                                    current science), or contribute to the                  ‘‘requirements pertaining to the                      and post-exercise activities related to
                                                    accomplishment of one or more of the                    monitoring and reporting of such                      mitigating and monitoring the effects of
                                                    general goals listed here:                              taking.’’ The MMPA implementing                       LRS WSEP exercises on marine mammal
                                                       1. Avoidance or minimization of                      regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13)                  populations; and (iii) results of the LRS
                                                    injury or death of marine mammals                       indicate that requests for ITAs must                  WSEP exercise monitoring, including
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may                include the suggested means of                        number of marine mammals (by species)
                                                    contribute to this goal).                               accomplishing the necessary monitoring                that may have been harassed due to
                                                       2. A reduction in the numbers of                     and reporting that will result in                     presence within the activity zone.
                                                    marine mammals (total number or                         increased knowledge of the species and                   (3) The 86 FWS will monitor for
                                                    number at biologically important time                   of the level of taking or impacts on                  marine mammals in the proposed action
                                                    or location) exposed to stimuli expected                populations of marine mammals that are                area through pre-mission aerial visual
                                                    to result in incidental take (this goal                 expected to be present in the proposed                surveys. If 86 FWS personnel observe or
                                                    may contribute to 1, above, or to                       action area.                                          detect any dead or injured marine


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00034   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                    21176                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                    mammals prior to testing, or detect any                 marine mammal and/or sound research                   which received levels marine mammals
                                                    injured or dead marine mammal during                    or studies; and (3) any information that              are expected to be taken by either Level
                                                    live fire exercises, 86 FWS must cease                  reveals marine mammals may have been                  A or Level B harassment; predicted
                                                    operations and submit a report to NMFS                  taken in a manner, extent or number not               distances from the sound sources within
                                                    OPR and PIRO within 24 hours.                           authorized by these regulations or                    which animals are expected to be
                                                       (4) The 86 FWS will monitor for                      subsequent LOAs.                                      exposed to sound levels above these
                                                    marine mammals once the mission has                        If, through adaptive management, the               thresholds; and the density of marine
                                                    ended or, if required, as soon as                       modifications to the mitigation,                      mammals within the areas ensonified
                                                    personnel declare the mission area safe.                monitoring, or reporting measures are                 above the thresholds.
                                                    Post-mission aerial visual surveys will                 substantial, NMFS will publish a notice
                                                    be identical to pre-mission surveys and                 of proposed LOA in the Federal                        Level B Harassment
                                                    will occur approximately 30 minutes                     Register and solicit public comment. If,                 Of the potential effects described
                                                    after the munitions have been                           however, NMFS determines that an                      earlier in this document, the following
                                                    detonated, concentrating on the area                    emergency exists that poses a significant             are the types of effects that would result
                                                    down-current of the test site. Observers                risk to the well-being of the species or              from Level B harassment:
                                                    will document and report any marine                     stocks of marine mammals in Hawaii, an                   Behavioral Harassment—Exposure to
                                                    mammal species, number, location, and                   LOA may be modified without prior                     non-impulsive or impulsive sound,
                                                    behavior of any animals observed. Post-                 notice or opportunity for public                      which causes a behavioral disturbance
                                                    mission monitoring determines the                       comment. Notice would be published in                 that rises to the level described in the
                                                    effectiveness of pre-mission mitigation                 the Federal Register within 30 days of                above definition, is Level B harassment.
                                                    by reporting sightings of any marine                    the action.                                           Some of the lower level physiological
                                                    mammals within the ZOIs that may                        Estimated Take by Incidental                          stress responses discussed earlier would
                                                    have been affected by mission activities.               Harassment                                            also likely co-occur with the predicted
                                                       (5) As noted previously, PAM will not                                                                      harassments, although these responses
                                                    be used as a real-time mitigation tool,                   The NDAA of 2004 amended the
                                                                                                                                                                  are more difficult to detect, and fewer
                                                    but the 86 FWS will use PAM by using                    definition of harassment as it applies to
                                                                                                                                                                  data exist relating these responses to
                                                    the Navy’s hydrophones for monitoring                   a military readiness activity (Section
                                                                                                                                                                  specific received levels of sound. When
                                                    within the PMRF, by collecting data                     3(18)(B) of the MMPA) to read as
                                                                                                                                                                  predicting Level B harassment on
                                                    before, during, and after LRS WSEP                      follows: (i) Any act that injures or has
                                                                                                                                                                  estimated behavioral responses, those
                                                    missions. This data will be stored at                   the significant potential to injure a
                                                                                                                                                                  takes may have a stress-related
                                                    SPAWAR to be analyzed as funding                        marine mammal or marine mammal
                                                                                                                                                                  physiological component.
                                                    allows.                                                 stock in the wild (Level A Harassment);
                                                                                                            or (ii) any act that disturbs or is likely               Temporary Threshold Shift—As
                                                       (6) The 86 FWS must immediately
                                                                                                            to disturb a marine mammal or marine                  discussed previously, TTS can affect
                                                    report any unauthorized takes of marine
                                                                                                            mammal stock in the wild by causing                   how an animal behaves in response to
                                                    mammals (i.e., serious injury or
                                                                                                            disruption of natural behavioral                      the environment, including
                                                    mortality) to NMFS OPR and to the
                                                                                                            patterns, including, but not limited to,              conspecifics, predators, and prey. NMFS
                                                    respective Pacific Islands Region
                                                                                                            migration, surfacing, nursing, breeding,              classifies exposure to explosives and
                                                    stranding coordinator. The 86 FWS
                                                                                                            feeding, or sheltering, to a point where              other impulsive sources resulting in
                                                    must cease operations and submit a
                                                                                                            such behavioral patterns are abandoned                TTS as Level B harassment, not Level A
                                                    report to NMFS within 24 hours.
                                                                                                            or significantly altered (Level B                     harassment.
                                                    Adaptive Management                                     Harassment).                                          Level A Harassment
                                                       NMFS may modify (including                             NMFS’ analysis identified the
                                                    augment) the existing mitigation,                       physiological responses and behavioral                   Of the potential effects that were
                                                    monitoring, or reporting measures (after                responses that could potentially result               described earlier, the following are the
                                                    consulting with the 86 FWS regarding                    from exposure to explosive detonations.               types of effects that result from Level A
                                                    the practicability of the modifications) if             In this section, we will relate the                   harassment and that may be expected
                                                    doing so creates a reasonable likelihood                potential effects on marine mammals                   from 86 FWS activities:
                                                    of more effectively accomplishing the                   from detonation of explosives to the                     Permanent Threshold Shift—PTS
                                                    goals of the mitigation and monitoring                  MMPA regulatory definitions of Level A                (resulting from exposure to explosive
                                                    measures for these regulations.                         and Level B harassment. This section                  detonations) is irreversible, and NMFS
                                                       Possible sources of data that could                  will also quantify the effects that might             considers this to be an injury.
                                                    contribute to the decision to modify the                occur from the proposed military                         Table 4 outlines the explosive
                                                    mitigation, monitoring, or reporting                    readiness activities in the PMRF BSURE                thresholds used by NMFS for this action
                                                    measures in an LOA include: (1) Results                 area. As described below, quantifying                 when addressing noise impacts from
                                                    from 86 FWS’s monitoring from the                       take includes a consideration of acoustic             explosives.
                                                    previous year(s); (2) results from other                thresholds identified by NMFS above                   BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00035   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                           21177




                                                    BILLING CODE 3510–22–C                                  (based on the total number of munitions               predicting the number of exposures
                                                       The 86 FWS completed acoustic                        released on a representative mission                  above threshold, calculating the area for
                                                    modeling to determine the distances                     day). Impact areas were calculated from               each independent explosive and then
                                                    from their explosive ordnance                           scaling the impact volumes by each                    adding those areas together and
                                                    corresponding to NMFS’ explosive                        depth bin, dividing by their depth                    multiplying by species density would
                                                    thresholds; these distances were then                   intervals, summing each value over the                result in an overestimate. This is
                                                    used with each species’ density to                      entire water column and converting to                 because all explosions will occur within
                                                    determine exposure estimates. Below is                  square kilometers. The total energy for               4 hours and are generally targeting the
                                                    a summary of the methodology for those                  all weapons released as part of a                     same spot, and several explosions have
                                                    modeling efforts.                                       representative mission day was                        very large zones, so it is likely that
                                                       The maximum estimated range, or                      calculated to assess impacts from the                 many of the exposures will be
                                                    radius, from the detonation point to the                accumulated energy resulting from                     experienced by the same individual
                                                    point at which the various thresholds                   multiple weapon releases within a 24-                 animals. Therefore, to calculate take, we
                                                    extend for all munitions proposed to be                 hour period. Given that there is a large              instead summed the energy of the
                                                    released in a 24-hour time period was                   degree of uncertainty in knowing this                 expected number of separate explosives
                                                    calculated based on explosive acoustic                  far in advance what types of explosives               per day to create one area of impact to
                                                    characteristics, sound propagation, and                 could be released on any particular                   overlay with species density for that
                                                    sound transmission loss in the Study                    mission day, in order to calculate the                area. Since there would be a total of five
                                                    Area. These calculations incorporated                   number of munitions to be released per                mission days per year during the time
                                                    water depth, sediment type, wind                        mission day, the total number of each                 frame of 2017—2021, the analysis
                                                    speed, bathymetry, and temperature/                     munition proposed to be released per                  assumed that in a representative
                                                    salinity profiles (Table 5). Transmission               year was divided by the annual number                 mission day the following munitions
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    loss was calculated from the explosive                  of mission days.                                      and quantities would be released daily:
                                                    source depth down to an array of water                     Explosives generally will be separated             One JASSM, six JDAMs, six SDB-Is, six
                                                    depth bins extending to the maximum                     by some number of minutes, with the                   SDB–IIs, and two HARMs.
                                                    depths where marine mammals may                         exception of up to four SDB–I/II                         The 86 FWS used the calculations for
                                                    occur (see depth distributions in                       munitions, which includes a burst                     transmission loss from the summer
                                                    Appendix B of the 86 FWS’s                              during which each ordnance hits the                   season in their model, because the
                                                    application). Then impact volumes were                  water surface within a few seconds of                 parameters for the summer were more
                                                                                                                                                                                                               EP05MY17.009</GPH>




                                                    computed for each explosive source                      each other. For the purposes of                       conservative (i.e., resulted in larger


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00036   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                    21178                                    Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                    distances from the sound source) than                                        bins extending to the maximum depths                                volumes for each depth bin, dividing by
                                                    for the fall, taking into account wind                                       where marine mammals may occur (see                                 their depth intervals, summing each
                                                    speed, sound speed, and transmission                                         depth distributions in Appendix B of                                value over the entire water column and
                                                    loss (see 86 FWS’s seasonal parameters                                       the 86 FWS’s application). Next, impact                             converting to square kilometers. The
                                                    memo). Missions will most likely occur                                       volumes were computed for each                                      radii shown in Table 5 are based on
                                                    in the summer, but may also occur in                                         explosive source (i.e., total number of                             these impact areas, and were used for
                                                    the fall. Transmission loss was                                              munitions released on a representative                              mitigation considerations.
                                                    calculated from the explosive source                                         mission day). Impact areas were
                                                    depth down to an array of water depth                                        calculated by scaling the impact
                                                      TABLE 5—DISTANCES (m) TO EXPLOSIVE THRESHOLDS USED TO CALCULATE PREDICTED TAKE FROM 86 FWS’S DAILY
                                                                                            EXPLOSIVE ORDNANCE USE
                                                                                                                                                                Level A harassment 2                                       Level B harassment

                                                                                                                                                                GI tract                     PTS                    TTS                  Behavioral
                                                                                Species                                    Mortality 1      Slight lung          injury
                                                                                                                                               injury                           Applicable         Applicable     Applicable     Applicable     Applicable
                                                                                                                                                             237 dB SPL           SEL *              SPL *          SEL *          SPL *          SEL *

                                                    Humpback Whale ..............................................                   99               200                  204        5,415              1,241         55,464          2,266           59,039
                                                    Blue Whale ........................................................             74               149                  204        5,415              1,241         55,464          2,266           59,039
                                                    Fin Whale ..........................................................            76               157                  204        5,415              1,241         55,464          2,266           59,039
                                                    Sei Whale ..........................................................           101               204                  204        5,415              1,241         55,464          2,266           59,039
                                                    Bryde’s Whale ...................................................               99               200                  204        5,415              1,241         55,464          2,266           59,039
                                                    Minke Whale .....................................................              138               268                  204        5,415              1,241         55,464          2,266           59,039
                                                    Sperm Whale ....................................................                91               177                  204        1,575                413          8,019            763           11,948
                                                    Pygmy Sperm Whale ........................................                     248               457                  204       20,058              4,879         71,452          7,204           74,804
                                                    Dwarf Sperm Whale ..........................................                   273               509                  204       20,058              4,879         71,452          7,204           74,804
                                                    Killer Whale .......................................................           149               287                  204        1,575                413          8,019            763           11,948
                                                    False Killer Whale (MHI Insular stock) .............                           177               340                  204        1,575                413          8,019            763           11,948
                                                    False Killer Whale (all other stocks) .................                        177               340                  204        1,575                413          8,019            763           11,948
                                                    Pygmy Killer Whale ...........................................                 324               604                  204        1,575                413          8,019            763           11,948
                                                    Short-finned Pilot Whale ...................................                   217               413                  204        1,575                413          8,019            763           11,948
                                                    Melon-headed Whale ........................................                    273               502                  204        1,575                413          8,019            763           11,948
                                                    Bottlenose Dolphin ............................................                273               509                  204        1,575                413          8,019            763           11,948
                                                    Pantropical Spotted Dolphin .............................                      324               604                  204        1,575                413          8,019            763           11,948
                                                    Striped Dolphin ..................................................             324               604                  204        1,575                413          8,019            763           11,948
                                                    Spinner Dolphin .................................................              324               604                  204        1,575                413          8,019            763           11,948
                                                    Rough-toothed Dolphin .....................................                    273               509                  204        1,575                413          8,019            763           11,948
                                                    Fraser’s Dolphin ................................................              257               480                  204        1,575                413          8,019            763           11,948
                                                    Risso’s Dolphin .................................................              207               384                  204        1,575                413          8,019            763           11,948
                                                    Cuvier’s Beaked Whale .....................................                    131               257                  204        1,575                413          8,019            763           11,948
                                                    Blainville’s Beaked Whale .................................                    195               368                  204        1,575                413          8,019            763           11,948
                                                    Longman’s Beaked Whale ................................                        133               261                  204        1,575                413          8,019            763           11,948
                                                    Hawaiian Monk Seal .........................................                   306               564                  204        4,621              1,394         55,687          2,549           58,736
                                                       1 Based on Goertner (1982).
                                                       2 Based on Richmond et al. (1973).
                                                       * Based on the applicable Functional Hearing Group.


                                                    Density Estimation                                                           species. Density estimates provided in                              estimate. These estimates were then
                                                                                                                                 Table 6 were extrapolated over the                                  multiplied by the number of events, or
                                                      Density estimates for marine                                               depth distributions by multiplying the                              total annual number of proposed
                                                    mammals were derived from the Navy’s                                         density values by the percentage of time                            mission days. NMFS refers the reader to
                                                    2016 Marine Species Density Database                                         spent at each depth interval. These                                 Section 3 of 86 FWS’s application for
                                                    (NMSDD). The 86 FWS used fall                                                scaled densities were multiplied by the                             detailed information on all equations
                                                    densities to estimate take. Fall densities                                   corresponding depth bin in the impact                               used to calculate densities presented in
                                                    are more conservative than summer                                            volume for each threshold and summed                                Table 6.
                                                    densities because they include more                                          to create a three-dimensional exposure

                                                                               TABLE 6—MARINE MAMMAL DENSITY ESTIMATES WITHIN THE IMPACT LOCATION IN THE PMRF
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Density estimate
                                                                                                                                                                                               (animals per square kilometer)
                                                                                                            Species
                                                                                                                                                                                Fall                   Spring             Summer               Winter

                                                    Humpback whale .............................................................................................                  0.02110                 0.02110                    0            0.02110
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    Blue whale .......................................................................................................            0.00005                 0.00005                    0            0.00005
                                                    Fin whale .........................................................................................................           0.00006                 0.00006                    0            0.00006
                                                    Sei whale .........................................................................................................           0.00016                 0.00016                    0            0.00016
                                                    Bryde’s whale ..................................................................................................              0.00010                 0.00010              0.00010            0.00010
                                                    Minke whale .....................................................................................................             0.00423                 0.00423                    0            0.00423
                                                    Sperm whale ....................................................................................................              0.00156                 0.00156              0.00156            0.00156
                                                    Pygmy sperm whale ........................................................................................                    0.00291                 0.00291              0.00291            0.00291
                                                    Dwarf sperm whale ..........................................................................................                  0.00714                 0.00714              0.00714            0.00714
                                                    Killer whale ......................................................................................................           0.00006                 0.00006              0.00006            0.00006



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014           14:02 May 04, 2017           Jkt 241001       PO 00000      Frm 00037    Fmt 4702      Sfmt 4702    E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM            05MYP1


                                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                                                 21179

                                                                 TABLE 6—MARINE MAMMAL DENSITY ESTIMATES WITHIN THE IMPACT LOCATION IN THE PMRF—Continued
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Density estimate
                                                                                                                                                                                            (animals per square kilometer)
                                                                                                       Species
                                                                                                                                                                                Fall           Spring             Summer          Winter

                                                    False killer whale (Main Hawaiian Islands insular stock) ................................                                    0.00080          0.00080            0.00080         0.00080
                                                    False killer whale (all other stocks) .................................................................                      0.00071          0.00071            0.00071         0.00071
                                                    Pygmy killer whale ...........................................................................................               0.00440          0.00440            0.00440         0.00440
                                                    Short-finned pilot whale ...................................................................................                 0.00919          0.00919            0.00919         0.00919
                                                    Melon-headed whale .......................................................................................                   0.00200          0.00200            0.00200         0.00200
                                                    Bottlenose dolphin ...........................................................................................               0.00316          0.00316            0.00316         0.00316
                                                    Pantropical spotted dolphin .............................................................................                    0.00623          0.00623            0.00623         0.00623
                                                    Striped dolphin .................................................................................................            0.00335          0.00335            0.00335         0.00335
                                                    Spinner dolphin ................................................................................................             0.00204          0.00204            0.00204         0.00204
                                                    Rough-toothed dolphin ....................................................................................                   0.00470          0.00470            0.00470         0.00470
                                                    Fraser’s dolphin ...............................................................................................                0.021            0.021             0.021            0.021
                                                    Risso’s dolphin .................................................................................................            0.00470          0.00470            0.00470         0.00470
                                                    Cuvier’s beaked whale ....................................................................................                   0.00030          0.00030            0.00030         0.00030
                                                    Blainville’s beaked whale .................................................................................                  0.00086          0.00086            0.00086         0.00086
                                                    Longman’s beaked whale ................................................................................                      0.00310          0.00310            0.00310         0.00310
                                                    Hawaiian monk seal ........................................................................................                  0.00003          0.00003            0.00003         0.00003



                                                    Take Estimation                                                           harassment). For impact categories with                         into account the required mitigation and
                                                                                                                              dual criteria (e.g., SEL and SPL metrics                        monitoring measures (see Section 11 of
                                                       The resulting total number of marine                                   for PTS associated with Level A                                 the 86 FWS’s application), which are
                                                    mammals potentially exposed to the                                        harassment), numbers in the table are                           expected to decrease the number of
                                                    various levels of thresholds (mortality,                                  based on the criterion resulting in the                         exposures shown in the Table 7.
                                                    injury, and non-injurious harassment,                                     greatest number of exposures. Exposure                            The 86 FWS and NMFS estimated that
                                                    including behavioral harassment), in the                                  levels include the possibility of injury to                     16 species could be exposed to noise
                                                    absence of mitigation measures, is listed                                 marine mammals and harassment                                   levels constituting Level B harassment
                                                    in Table 7. To eliminate double-                                          (resulting in behavioral disruption                             (TTS and behavioral disruption), and 4
                                                    counting of animals, exposure results                                     (Level B harassment) in the absence of                          of those marine mammal species could
                                                    from higher impact categories (e.g.,                                      mitigation measures. The numbers                                be exposed to injurious noise levels
                                                    mortality) were subtracted from lower                                     represent total impacts for all                                 (Level A harassment) (187 dB SEL) in
                                                    impact categories (e.g., Level A                                          detonations combined and do not take                            the absence of mitigation measures.

                                                        TABLE 7—MODELED NUMBER OF MARINE MAMMALS POTENTIALLY AFFECTED ANNUALLY BY LRS WSEP OPERATIONS
                                                                                                                                                                                               Level A             Level B        Level B
                                                                                                       Species                                                             Mortality         harassment          harassment     harassment
                                                                                                                                                                                             (PTS only *)           (TTS)       (behavioral)

                                                                                                                                            Mysticetes (baleen whales)

                                                    Humpback whale .............................................................................................                       0                    4              54              38
                                                    Blue whale .......................................................................................................                 0                    0               0               0
                                                    Fin whale .........................................................................................................                0                    0               0               0
                                                    Sei whale .........................................................................................................                0                    0               0               1
                                                    Bryde’s whale ..................................................................................................                   0                    0               0               0
                                                    Minke whale .....................................................................................................                  0                    1              11              19

                                                                                                                              Odontocetes (toothed whales and dolphins)

                                                    Sperm whale ....................................................................................................                   0                  0                0                0
                                                    Pygmy sperm whale ........................................................................................                         0                  9               83               36
                                                    Dwarf sperm whale ..........................................................................................                       0                 22              203               87
                                                    Killer whale ......................................................................................................                0                  0                0                0
                                                    False killer whale (MHI Insular stock) .............................................................                               0                  0                0                0
                                                    False killer whale (all other stocks) .................................................................                            0                  0                0                0
                                                    Pygmy killer whale ...........................................................................................                     0                  0                1                2
                                                    Short-finned pilot whale ...................................................................................                       0                  0                5                6
                                                    Melon-headed whale .......................................................................................                         0                  0                1                1
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    Bottlenose dolphin ...........................................................................................                     0                  0                2                2
                                                    Pantropical spotted dolphin .............................................................................                          0                  0                3                4
                                                    Striped dolphin .................................................................................................                  0                  0                2                2
                                                    Spinner dolphin ................................................................................................                   0                  0                1                1
                                                    Rough-toothed dolphin ....................................................................................                         0                  0                3                3
                                                    Fraser’s dolphin ...............................................................................................                   0                  0               10               14
                                                    Risso’s dolphin .................................................................................................                  0                  0                2                2
                                                    Cuvier’s beaked whale ....................................................................................                         0                  0                0                0
                                                    Blainville’s beaked whale .................................................................................                        0                  0                0                0



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014         14:02 May 04, 2017         Jkt 241001      PO 00000       Frm 00038        Fmt 4702      Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM     05MYP1


                                                    21180                                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                      TABLE 7—MODELED NUMBER OF MARINE MAMMALS POTENTIALLY AFFECTED ANNUALLY BY LRS WSEP OPERATIONS—
                                                                                                Continued
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Level A            Level B          Level B
                                                                                                        Species                                                               Mortality        harassment         harassment       harassment
                                                                                                                                                                                               (PTS only *)          (TTS)         (behavioral)

                                                    Longman’s beaked whale ................................................................................                               0                   0                1                  1

                                                                                                                                                            Pinnipeds

                                                    Hawaiian monk seal ........................................................................................                           0                   0                0                  0

                                                          Total ..........................................................................................................                0               36              382               219



                                                      These modeled take numbers show                                           individual, but their average group size                        harassment takes, the modeled take
                                                    that the probability of some of these                                       is 153 individuals (Bradford et al.,                            numbers would be used for TTS, and
                                                    species being impacted by the 86 FWS’s                                      2017); therefore, we propose to                                 the difference between TTS and the
                                                    activities is low (e.g., one modeled take                                   authorize 153 takes by Level B                                  average group size would be the
                                                    for behavioral harassment of 4 of the 16                                    harassment of melon headed whales, of                           behavioral take. We did not adjust takes
                                                    species). However, realistically, these                                     which one may be from TTS. Similarly,                           for PTS, since, in all four instances of
                                                    species are seen in larger groups (rather                                   for all species, if the modeled take was                        predicted PTS, the number of PTS takes
                                                    than on an individual basis); therefore,                                    less than average group size, we used                           was greater than average group size (e.g.,
                                                    we took into consideration average                                          this same rationale and calculation to                          average group size for dwarf sperm
                                                    group sizes to determine our actual                                         determine the proposed takes by Level                           whale is 2.7 (Baird 2016), and modeled
                                                    number of authorized takes. For                                             B harassment (harassment resulting in
                                                                                                                                                                                                PTS takes is 22). Proposed authorized
                                                    example, melon-headed whales have a                                         TTS or behavioral disruption). We
                                                                                                                                                                                                take numbers are presented in Table 8.
                                                    modeled take estimate of one                                                assumed that, of the total Level B

                                                      TABLE 8—ESTIMATED NUMBER OF MARINE MAMMALS FOR PROPOSED AUTHORIZED TAKE BY LRS WSEP OPERATIONS
                                                                                                                                                                                                 Level A            Level B          Level B
                                                                                                        Species                                                               Mortality        harassment         harassment       harassment
                                                                                                                                                                                               (PTS only*)           (TTS)         (behavioral)

                                                    Humpback whale .............................................................................................                          0                4               54                  38
                                                    Sei whale .........................................................................................................                   0                0                0                  *3
                                                    Minke whale .....................................................................................................                     0                1               11                  19
                                                    Pygmy sperm whale ........................................................................................                            0                9               83                  36
                                                    Dwarf sperm whale ..........................................................................................                          0               22              203                  87
                                                    Pygmy killer whale ...........................................................................................                        0                0                1                * 25
                                                    Short-finned pilot whale ...................................................................................                          0                0                5                * 36
                                                    Melon-headed whale .......................................................................................                            0                0                1              * 152
                                                    Bottlenose dolphin ...........................................................................................                        0                0                2                * 32
                                                    Pantropical spotted dolphin .............................................................................                             0                0                3                * 40
                                                    Striped dolphin .................................................................................................                     0                0                2                * 51
                                                    Spinner dolphin ................................................................................................                      0                0                1              * 1 29
                                                    Rough-toothed dolphin ....................................................................................                            0                0                3                * 22
                                                    Fraser’s dolphin ...............................................................................................                      0                0               10              * 273
                                                    Risso’s dolphin .................................................................................................                     0                0                2                * 25
                                                    Longman’s beaked whale ................................................................................                               0                0                1                * 59

                                                          Total ..........................................................................................................                0               36              382               927
                                                      * Denotes an adjusted take value from what is represented in the modeled take numbers in Table 7. All mean group sizes were taken from
                                                    Bradford et al. (2017) except spinner dolphins, because this value was not available in this publication.
                                                      1 Mean group size was taken from Baird (2016).




                                                      Based on the mortality exposure                                           this case, it would be highly unlikely for                      although unlikely, four marine mammal
                                                    estimates calculated by the acoustic                                        this scenario to unfold, given the nature                       species (humpback whale, minke whale,
                                                    model (and further supported by the                                         of any anticipated acoustic exposures                           dwarf sperm whale, and pygmy sperm
                                                    anticipated effectiveness of the                                            that could potentially result from a                            whale) could experience minor PTS of
                                                    mitigation), zero marine mammals are                                        mobile marine mammal that NMFS                                  hearing sensitivity. The available data
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    expected to be affected by pressure                                         generally expects to exhibit avoidance                          and analyses include extrapolation of
                                                    levels associated with mortality or                                         behavior to loud sounds within the                              the results of many studies on marine
                                                    serious injury. Zero marine mammals                                         BSURE area.                                                     mammal noise-induced TTS. An
                                                    are expected to be exposed to pressure                                         NMFS has relied on the best available                        extensive review of TTS studies and
                                                    levels associated with slight lung injury                                   scientific information to support the                           experiments prompted NMFS to
                                                    or gastrointestinal tract injury.                                           issuance of 86 FWS’s authorization. In                          conclude that the possibility of minor
                                                      NMFS considers PTS to fall under the                                      the case of authorizing Level A                                 PTS in the form of slight upward shift
                                                    injury category (Level A harassment). In                                    harassment, NMFS has estimated that,                            of hearing threshold at certain frequency


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014         14:02 May 04, 2017          Jkt 241001      PO 00000        Frm 00039        Fmt 4702       Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                          21181

                                                    bands by one individual marine                             Behavioral disruption due to Level B               Further, it is uncommon to sight marine
                                                    mammal is extremely low.                                harassment would be limited to                        mammals within the target area,
                                                                                                            reactions such as startle responses,                  especially for prolonged durations.
                                                    Analyses and Preliminary
                                                                                                            movements away from the area, and                     Avoidance varies among individuals
                                                    Determinations
                                                                                                            short-term changes to behavioral state.               and depends on their activities or
                                                    Negligible Impact Analysis                              These impacts are expected to be                      reasons for being in the area.
                                                                                                            temporary and of short duration. We do                   Accordingly, NMFS’ predicted
                                                       NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible
                                                                                                            not anticipate that the effects would be              estimates for Level A harassment take
                                                    impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as ‘‘. . . an
                                                                                                            detrimental to rates of recruitment and               (Table 8) are likely overestimates of the
                                                    impact resulting from the specified
                                                                                                            survival because we do not expect                     likely injury that will occur. NMFS
                                                    activity that cannot be reasonably
                                                                                                            serious or extended behavioral                        expects that successful implementation
                                                    expected to, and is not reasonably likely                                                                     of the required aerial-based mitigation
                                                                                                            responses that would result in energetic
                                                    to, adversely affect the species or stock                                                                     measures could avoid Level A
                                                                                                            effects at the level to impact fitness.
                                                    through effects on annual rates of                         Noise-induced threshold shifts (TS,                harassment take. Also, NMFS expects
                                                    recruitment or survival.’’ A negligible                 which includes TTS and PTS) are                       that some individuals would avoid the
                                                    impact finding is based on the lack of                  defined as increases in the threshold of              source at levels expected to result in
                                                    likely adverse effects on annual rates of               audibility of the ear (i.e., the sound has            injury. Nonetheless, although NMFS
                                                    recruitment or survival (i.e., population-              to be louder to be detected) at a certain             expects that Level A harassment is
                                                    level effects). An estimate of the number               frequency or range of frequencies (ANSI               unlikely to occur at the numbers
                                                    of Level B harassment takes alone is not                1995; Yost 2007). Several important                   proposed to be authorized, because it is
                                                    enough information on which to base an                  factors relate to the magnitude of TS,                difficult to quantify the degree to which
                                                    impact determination. In addition to                    such as level, duration, spectral content             the mitigation and avoidance will
                                                    considering estimates of the number of                  (frequency range), and temporal pattern               reduce the number of animals that
                                                    marine mammals that might be ‘‘taken’’                  (continuous, intermittent) of exposure                might incur PTS, NMFS is proposing to
                                                    through Level B harassment, we                          (Yost 2007; Henderson et al., 2008). TS               authorize (and analyze) the modeled
                                                    consider other factors, such as the likely              occurs in terms of frequency range (Hz                number of Level A harassment takes,
                                                    nature of any responses (e.g., intensity,               or kHz), hearing threshold level (dB), or             which does not take the mitigation or
                                                    duration), the context of any responses                 both frequency and hearing threshold                  avoidance into consideration. However,
                                                    (e.g., critical reproductive time or                    level.                                                we anticipate that, because of the
                                                    location, migration), as well as the                       TTS was modeled to occur in 15                     proposed mitigation measures, and the
                                                    number and nature of estimated Level A                  species of marine mammals from                        likely short duration of exposures, any
                                                    harassment takes, the number of                         mission activities. If TTS occurs, it is              PTS incurred would be in the form of
                                                    estimated mortalities, and effects on                   expected to be at low levels and of short             only a small degree of PTS, rather than
                                                    habitat. In making a negligible impact                  duration. As explained above, TTS is                  total deafness.
                                                    determination, NMFS considers the                       temporary with no long term effects to                   While animals may be impacted in
                                                    following:                                              species. The modeled take numbers are                 the immediate vicinity of the activity,
                                                       (1) The number of anticipated                        expected to be overestimates since                    because of the short duration of the
                                                    injuries, serious injuries, or mortalities;             NMFS expects that successful                          actual individual explosions themselves
                                                       (2) The number, nature, intensity, and               implementation of the required aerial-                (versus continual sound source
                                                    duration of Level B harassment takes;                   based mitigation measures could avoid                 operation) combined with the short
                                                       (3) The context in which the takes                   TTS. Further, it is uncommon to sight                 duration of the LRS WSEP operations
                                                    occur (i.e., impacts to areas of                        marine mammals within the target area,                (i.e., maximum of four hours per day
                                                    significance, impacts to local                          especially for prolonged durations.                   over a maximum of five days per year),
                                                    populations, and cumulative impacts                     Avoidance varies among individuals                    NMFS has preliminarily determined
                                                    when taking into account successive/                    and depends on their activities or                    that there will not be a substantial
                                                    contemporaneous actions when added                      reasons for being in the area.                        impact on marine mammals or on the
                                                    to baseline data);                                         There are different degrees of PTS:                normal functioning of the nearshore or
                                                       (4) The status of stock or species of                Ranging from slight/mild to moderate                  offshore waters off Kauai and its
                                                    marine mammals (i.e., depleted, not                     and from severe to profound. Profound                 ecosystems. We do not expect that the
                                                    depleted, decreasing, increasing, stable,               PTS or the complete loss of the ability               proposed activity would impact rates of
                                                    impact relative to the size of the                      to hear in one or both ears is commonly               recruitment or survival of marine
                                                    population);                                            referred to as deafness. High-frequency               mammals, since we do not expect
                                                       (5) Impacts on habitat affecting rates               PTS, presumably as a normal process of                mortality (which would remove
                                                    of recruitment/survival; and                            aging that occurs in humans and other                 individuals from the population) or
                                                       (6) The effectiveness of monitoring                  terrestrial mammals, has also been                    serious injury to occur. In addition, the
                                                    and mitigation measures to reduce the                   demonstrated in captive cetaceans                     proposed activity would not occur in
                                                    number or severity of incidental take.                  (Ridgway and Carder, 1997; Yuen et al.,               areas (and/or at times) of significance
                                                       For reasons stated previously in this                2005; Finneran et al., 2005; Houser and               for the marine mammal populations
                                                    document, the specified activities are                  Finneran, 2006; Finneran et al., 2007;                potentially affected by the exercises
                                                    not likely to cause long-term behavioral                Schlundt et al., 2011) and in stranded                (e.g., feeding or resting areas,
                                                    disturbance, serious injury, or death.                  individuals (Mann et al., 2010).                      reproductive areas), and the activity
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                       The takes from Level B harassment                       In terms of what is analyzed for the               would occur only in a small part of their
                                                    would be due to potential behavioral                    potential PTS (Level A harassment) in                 overall range of those marine mammal
                                                    disturbance and TTS. The takes from                     marine mammals as a result of 86 FWS’s                populations, so the impact of any
                                                    Level A harassment would be due to                      LRS WSEP operations, if it occurs,                    potential temporary displacement
                                                    potential PTS. Activities would occur                   NMFS has determined that the levels                   would be negligible and animals would
                                                    only over a timeframe of five days each                 would be slight/mild because research                 be expected to return to the area after
                                                    year in the summer months, over a                       shows that most cetaceans exhibit                     the cessation of activities. Although the
                                                    maximum of four hours per day.                          relatively high levels of avoidance.                  proposed activity could result in Level


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00040   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                    21182                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                    A harassment (PTS only, as opposed to                   initiated formal consultation under                   that will be affected by this rulemaking
                                                    slight lung injury or gastrointestinal                  Section 7 of the ESA. The Biological                  and is not a small governmental
                                                    tract injury) and Level B harassment                    Opinion will analyze the effects to the               jurisdiction, small organization, or small
                                                    (behavioral disturbance and TTS), the                   one ESA listed species by the 86 FWS’                 business, as defined by the RFA. Any
                                                    level of harassment is not anticipated to               LRS WSEP activities.                                  requirements imposed by LOAs issued
                                                    impact rates of recruitment or survival                                                                       pursuant to these regulations, and any
                                                                                                            National Environmental Policy Act
                                                    of marine mammals, because the                                                                                monitoring or reporting requirements
                                                    number of exposed animals is expected                      In 2016, 86 FWS provided NMFS with                 imposed by these regulations, will be
                                                    to be low due to the short-term and site-               an Environmental Assessment (EA)                      applicable only to 86 FWS.
                                                    specific nature of the activity.                        titled, Environmental Assessment/                        NMFS does not expect the issuance of
                                                       Moreover, the proposed mitigation                    Overseas Environmental Assessment for                 these regulations or the associated LOAs
                                                    and monitoring measures (described                      the Long Range Strike Weapon Systems                  to result in any impacts to small entities
                                                    earlier in this preamble for the proposed               Evaluation Program at the Pacific                     pursuant to the RFA. Because this
                                                    rule) are expected to further minimize                  Missile Range Facility at Kauai, Hawaii.              action, if adopted, would directly affect
                                                    the potential for harassment. The                       The EA analyzed the direct, indirect,                 86 FWS and not a small entity, NMFS
                                                    protected species surveys would require                 and cumulative environmental impacts                  concludes the action would not result in
                                                    86 FWS to search the area for marine                    of the specified activities on marine                 a significant economic impact on a
                                                    mammals, and if any are found in the                    mammals. NMFS will review and                         substantial number of small entities.
                                                    impact zone, then the exercise would be                 evaluate the 86 FWS EA for consistency                Accordingly, no regulatory flexibility
                                                    suspended until the animals have left                   with the regulations published by the                 analysis is necessary, and none has been
                                                    the area or relocated outside of the zone.              Council of Environmental Quality (CEQ)                prepared.
                                                    Furthermore, LRS WSEP missions may                      and NOAA Administrative Order 216–6,                     This action does not contain any
                                                    be delayed or rescheduled for adverse                   Environmental Review Procedures for                   collection of information requirements
                                                    weather conditions.                                     Implementing the National                             for purposes of the Paperwork
                                                       In past missions (October 2016), the                 Environmental Policy Act, and                         Reduction Act of 1980 (44 U.S.C. 3501
                                                    86 FWS completed pre- and post-aerial                   determine whether or not to adopt the                 et seq.).
                                                    surveys. The 86 FWS did not observe                     EA. Information in 86 FWS’s
                                                    any marine mammals in the ZOI before                    application, the EA, and this notice                  List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 218
                                                    missions occurred, and did not observe                  collectively provide the environmental                  Regulations governing the taking and
                                                    any marine mammals after missions                       information related to proposed                       importing of marine mammals.
                                                    were completed. The 86 FWS was                          issuance of the regulations for public
                                                                                                            review and comment. We will review all                  Dated: May 2, 2017.
                                                    authorized for Level A and Level B
                                                                                                            comments submitted in response to this                Alan D. Risenhoover,
                                                    harassment takes of five species, but
                                                    monitoring showed that they had zero                    notice as we complete the NEPA                        Acting Deputy Assistant Administrator for
                                                                                                            process, including the decision of                    Regulatory Programs, National Marine
                                                    takes of any species from mission
                                                                                                            whether to sign a Finding of No                       Fisheries Service.
                                                    activities.
                                                       Based on NMFS’ preliminary analysis                  Significant Impact (FONSI) prior to a                   For reasons set forth in the preamble,
                                                    of the likely effects of the specified                  final decision on the LOA request. The                50 CFR part 218 is proposed to be
                                                    activity on marine mammals and their                    2016 NEPA documents are available for                 amended as follows:
                                                    habitat, and taking into consideration                  review at www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/
                                                    the implementation of the mitigation                    permits/incidental/military.html.                     PART 218—REGULATIONS
                                                    and monitoring measures, NMFS                                                                                 GOVERNING THE TAKE OF MARINE
                                                                                                            Classification                                        MAMMALS INCIDENTAL TO
                                                    preliminarily finds that 86 FWS’s LRS
                                                    WSEP operations will result in the                         The Office of Management and Budget                SPECIFIED ACTIVITIES
                                                    incidental take of marine mammals, by                   has determined that this proposed rule
                                                                                                            is not significant for purposes of                    ■ 1. The authority citation for part 218
                                                    Level A and Level B harassment, and
                                                                                                            Executive Order 12866.                                continues to read as follows:
                                                    that the taking from the LRS WSEP
                                                    activities will have a negligible impact                   Pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility               Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq., unless
                                                    on the affected species or stocks.                      Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), the                 otherwise noted.
                                                                                                            Chief Counsel for Regulation of the
                                                    Impact on Availability of Affected                                                                            ■ 2. Add subpart F to part 218 to read
                                                                                                            Department of Commerce has certified
                                                    Species for Taking for Subsistence Uses                                                                       as follows:
                                                                                                            to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the
                                                      There are no relevant subsistence uses                Small Business Administration that this               Subpart F—Taking of Marine Mammals
                                                    of marine mammals implicated by this                    proposed rule, if adopted, would not                  Incidental to the U.S. Air Force 86
                                                    action. Therefore, NMFS has                             have a significant economic impact on                 Fighter Weapons Squadron
                                                    preliminarily determined that the total                 a substantial number of small entities.               Conducting Long Range Strike
                                                    taking of affected species or stocks                    The RFA requires a Federal agency to                  Weapons System Evaluation Program
                                                    would not have an unmitigable adverse                   prepare an analysis of a rule’s impact on             at the Pacific Missile Range Facility at
                                                    impact on the availability of such                      small entities whenever the agency is                 Kauai, Hawaii.
                                                    species or stocks for taking for                        required to publish a notice of proposed
                                                                                                            rulemaking. However, a Federal agency                 Sec.
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    subsistence purposes.
                                                                                                            may certify, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 605(b),             218.50 Specified activity and specified
                                                    Endangered Species Act                                  that the action will not have a                            geographical region.
                                                      There is one marine mammal species                    significant economic impact on a                      218.51 Effective dates.
                                                                                                                                                                  218.52 Permissible methods of taking.
                                                    under NMFS’ jurisdiction that is listed                 substantial number of small entities. A               218.53 Prohibitions.
                                                    as endangered under the Endangered                      description of this proposed rule and its             218.54 Mitigation.
                                                    Species Act (ESA) with confirmed or                     purpose are found earlier in the                      218.55 Requirements for monitoring and
                                                    possible occurrence in the action area:                 preamble for this action and is not                        reporting.
                                                    The sei whale. In March 2017, NMFS                      repeated here. 86 FWS is the sole entity              218.56 Letters of Authorization.



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00041   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                           21183

                                                    218.57 Renewals and Modifications of                    impact on the species or stock of such                within 48 hours of the injury or death.
                                                        Letters of Authorization.                           marine mammal for taking for                          The Holder of the LOA must also
                                                    218.58 [Reserved]                                       subsistence uses.                                     contact the Pacific Islands Region
                                                    218.59 [Reserved]                                                                                             stranding coordinator, NMFS, by email,
                                                                                                            § 218.54   Mitigation requirements.                   at least one business day after
                                                    § 218.50 Specified activity and specified
                                                    geographical region.                                       When conducting activities identified              completion of missions to declare that
                                                                                                            in § 218.50 of this chapter, the                      missions are complete.
                                                       (a) Regulations in this subpart apply
                                                                                                            mitigation measures contained in the                     (b) The Holder of the LOA will use
                                                    only to the 86 Fighter Weapons
                                                                                                            LOA issued under § 216.106 and                        mission reporting forms to track their
                                                    Squadron (86 FWS) and those persons it
                                                                                                            § 218.56 of this chapter must be                      use of the PMRF BSURE area for the
                                                    authorizes to conduct activities on its
                                                                                                            implemented. These mitigation                         LRS WSEP missions and to track marine
                                                    behalf, for the taking of marine
                                                                                                            measures shall include but are not                    mammal observations.
                                                    mammals as outlined in paragraph (b) of
                                                                                                            limited to the following general                         (c) Aerial surveys—Pre-mission aerial
                                                    this section and incidental to Long
                                                                                                            conditions:                                           surveys and post-mission aerial surveys
                                                    Range Strike Weapons System
                                                                                                               (a) If daytime weather and/or sea                  will be conducted. Pre-mission surveys
                                                    Evaluation Program (LRS WSEP)
                                                                                                            conditions preclude adequate                          would begin approximately one hour
                                                    missions.                                                                                                     prior to detonation. Post-detonation
                                                                                                            monitoring for detecting marine
                                                       (b) The taking of marine mammals by
                                                                                                            mammals and other marine life, LRS                    monitoring surveys will commence once
                                                    86 FWS pursuant to a Letter of
                                                                                                            WSEP strike operations must be delayed                the mission has ended or, if required, as
                                                    Authorization (LOA) is authorized only
                                                                                                            until adequate sea conditions exist for               soon as personnel declare the mission
                                                    if it occurs at the Barking Sands
                                                                                                            monitoring to be undertaken.                          area safe. The proposed monitoring area
                                                    Underwater Range Expansion (BSURE)                                                                            would be approximately 8 miles (13
                                                                                                               (b) Restrictions on time of activities;
                                                    area of the Pacific Missile Range Facility                                                                    kilometers) from the target area radius
                                                                                                            missions will only occur during day-
                                                    (PMRF) off Kauai, Hawaii.                                                                                     around the impact point, with surveys
                                                                                                            light hours, on weekdays, and only
                                                    § 218.51   Effective dates.                             during the summer or fall months.                     typically flown in a star pattern. Aerial
                                                       Regulations in this subpart are                         (c) Visual aerial surveys before and               surveys would be conducted at an
                                                    effective August 23, 2017, through                      after mission activities each day.                    altitude of about 200 feet, but altitude
                                                    August 22, 2022.                                           (d) Required delay of mission                      may vary somewhat depending on sea
                                                                                                            activities if a protected species is                  state and atmospheric conditions. If
                                                    § 218.52   Permissible methods of taking.               observed in the impact zones. Mission                 adverse weather conditions preclude the
                                                       Under a Letter of Authorization (LOA)                activities cannot resume until one of the             ability for aircraft to safely operate,
                                                    issued pursuant to § 216.106 and                        following conditions is met:                          missions would either be delayed until
                                                    § 218.56 of this chapter, the Holder of                    (1) The animal is observed exiting the             the weather clears or cancelled for the
                                                    the LOA (herein after 86 FWS) may                       impact area; or                                       day. The observers will be provided
                                                    incidentally, but not intentionally, take                  (2) The impact area has been clear of              with the GPS location of the impact
                                                    marine mammals by Level A and Level                     any additional sightings for a period of              area. Once the aircraft reaches the
                                                    B harassment associated with LRS                        30 minutes.                                           impact area, pre-mission surveys
                                                    WSEP activities within the area                            (e) If post-mission surveys determine              typically last for 30 minutes, depending
                                                    described in § 218.50 of this subpart,                  that an injury or lethal take of a marine             on the survey pattern. The aircraft may
                                                    provided the activities are in                          mammal has occurred, the next mission                 fly the survey pattern multiple times.
                                                    compliance with all terms, conditions,                  will be suspended until the test                         (d) The Holder of the LOA is required
                                                    and requirements of these regulations in                procedure and the monitoring methods                  to:
                                                    this subpart and the appropriate LOA.                   have been reviewed with NMFS and                         (1) Submit a draft report to NMFS
                                                                                                            appropriate changes made.                             OPR on all monitoring conducted under
                                                    § 218.53   Prohibitions.                                   (f) Additional mitigation measures as              the LOA within 90 days of the
                                                      Notwithstanding takings                               contained in an LOA.                                  completion of marine mammal
                                                    contemplated in § 218.50 and                                                                                  monitoring, or 60 days prior to the
                                                    authorized by an LOA issued under                       § 218.55 Requirements for monitoring and              issuance of any subsequent LOA for
                                                                                                            reporting.
                                                    § 216.106 and § 218.56 of this chapter,                                                                       projects at the PMRF, whichever comes
                                                    no person in connection with the                          (a) Holders of LOAs issued pursuant                 first. A final report shall be prepared
                                                    activities described in § 218.50 of this                to § 218.56 for activities described in               and submitted within 30 days following
                                                    chapter may:                                            § 218.50(a) are required to cooperate                 resolution of comments on the draft
                                                      (a) Violate, or fail to comply with, the              with NMFS, and any other Federal,                     report from NMFS. This report must
                                                    terms, conditions, and requirements of                  state, or local agency with authority to              contain the informational elements
                                                    this subpart or an LOA issued under                     monitor the impacts of the activity on                described in the Monitoring Plan, at a
                                                    § 216.106 and § 218.56 of this chapter.                 marine mammals. Unless specified                      minimum (see www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/
                                                      (b) Take any marine mammal not                        otherwise in the LOA, the Holder of the               permits/incidental/construction.htm),
                                                    specified in such LOAs;                                 LOA must notify the Pacific Islands                   and shall also include:
                                                      (c) Take any marine mammal                            Region Stranding Coordinator, NMFS,                      (i) Date and time of each LRS WSEP
                                                    specified in such LOAs in any manner                    by email, at least 72 hours prior to LRS              mission;
                                                    other than as specified;                                WSEP missions. If the authorized                         (ii) A complete description of the pre-
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      (d) Take a marine mammal specified                    activity identified in § 218.50(a) is                 exercise and post-exercise activities
                                                    in such LOAs if NMFS determines such                    thought to have resulted in the mortality             related to mitigating and monitoring the
                                                    taking results in more than a negligible                or injury of any marine mammals or                    effects of LRS WSEP missions on marine
                                                    impact on the species or stocks of such                 take of marine mammals not identified                 mammal populations; and
                                                    marine mammal; or                                       in § 218.50(b), then the Holder of the                   (iii) Results of the monitoring
                                                      (e) Take a marine mammal specified                    LOA must notify the Director, Office of               program, including numbers by species/
                                                    in such LOAs if NMFS determines such                    Protected Resources, NMFS, or                         stock of any marine mammals noted
                                                    taking results in an unmitigable adverse                designee, by telephone (301–427–8401),                injured or killed as a result of the LRS


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00042   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                    21184                       Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules

                                                    WSEP mission and number of marine                       whether additional mitigation measures                habitat, and on the availability of the
                                                    mammals (by species if possible) that                   or modifications to the activities are                species for subsistence uses; and
                                                    may have been harassed due to presence                  appropriate.                                             (4) Requirements for monitoring and
                                                    within the zone of influence.                              (5) In the event that 86 FWS discovers             reporting.
                                                       (2) The draft report will be subject to              an injured or dead marine mammal, and                    (f) Issuance of an LOA shall be based
                                                    review and comment by NMFS. Any                         the lead observer determines that the                 on a determination that the level of
                                                    recommendations made by NMFS must                       injury or death is not associated with or             taking will be consistent with the
                                                    be addressed in the final report prior to               related to the activities authorized in the           findings made for the total taking
                                                    acceptance by NMFS. The draft report                    LOA (e.g., previously wounded animal,                 allowable under these regulations.
                                                    will be considered the final report for                 carcass with moderate to advanced                        (g) Notice of issuance or denial of an
                                                    this activity under the LOA if NMFS has                 decomposition, scavenger damage), 86                  LOA will be published in the Federal
                                                    not provided comments and                               FWS shall report the incident to the                  Register within 30 days of a
                                                    recommendations within 90 days of                       Office of Protected Resources, NMFS,                  determination.
                                                    receipt of the draft report.                            and the Pacific Islands Regional
                                                       (e) Reporting injured or dead marine                 Stranding Coordinator, NMFS, within                   § 218.57 Renewals and Modifications of
                                                    mammals:                                                24 hours of the discovery. The 86 FWS                 Letters of Authorization.
                                                       (1) In the unanticipated event that the              shall provide photographs or video                      (a) An LOA issued under § 216.106
                                                    specified activity clearly causes the take              footage or other documentation of the                 and § 218.56 of this chapter for the
                                                    of a marine mammal in a manner                          stranded animal sighting to NMFS.                     activity identified in § 218.50(a) will be
                                                    prohibited by the LOA, such as an                          (f) Additional Conditions. (1) The                 renewed or modified upon request by
                                                    injury for species not authorized (Level                Holder of the LOA must inform the                     the applicant, provided that:
                                                    A harassment), serious injury, or                       Director, Office of Protected Resources,                (1) The proposed specified activity
                                                    mortality, 86 FWS shall immediately                     NMFS, (301–427–8400) or designee                      and mitigation, monitoring, and
                                                    cease the specified activities and report               (301–427–8401) prior to the initiation of             reporting measures, as well as the
                                                    the incident to the Office of Protected                 any changes to the monitoring plan for                anticipated impacts, are the same as
                                                    Resources, NMFS, and the Pacific                        a specified mission activity.                         those described and analyzed for these
                                                    Islands Regional Stranding Coordinator,                    (2) A copy of the LOA must be in the               regulations (excluding changes made
                                                    NMFS. The report must include the                       possession of the safety officer on duty              pursuant to the adaptive management
                                                    following information:                                  each day that long range strike missions              provision in paragraph (c)(1) of this
                                                       (i) Time and date of the incident;                   are conducted.                                        section), and
                                                       (ii) Description of the incident;                                                                            (2) NMFS determines that the
                                                                                                               (3) The LOA may be modified,
                                                       (iii) Environmental conditions (e.g.,                                                                      mitigation, monitoring, and reporting
                                                                                                            suspended or withdrawn if the holder
                                                    wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea                                                                        measures required by the previous LOA
                                                                                                            fails to abide by the conditions
                                                    state, cloud cover, and visibility);                                                                          under these regulations were
                                                       (iv) Description of all marine mammal                prescribed herein, or if NMFS
                                                                                                            determines the authorized taking is                   implemented.
                                                    observations in the 24 hours preceding
                                                                                                            having more than a negligible impact on                 (b) For an LOA modification or
                                                    the incident;
                                                       (v) Species identification or                        the species or stock of affected marine               renewal request by the applicant that
                                                    description of the animal(s) involved;                  mammals.                                              include changes to the activity or the
                                                       (vi) Fate of the animal(s); and                                                                            mitigation, monitoring, or reporting
                                                                                                            § 218.56   Letters of Authorization.                  (excluding changes made pursuant to
                                                       (vii) Photographs or video footage of
                                                    the animal(s).                                            (a) To incidentally take marine                     the adaptive management provision in
                                                       (2) Activities shall not resume until                mammals pursuant to these regulations,                paragraph (c)(1) of this section) that do
                                                    NMFS is able to review the                              86 FWS must apply for and obtain an                   not change the findings made for the
                                                    circumstances of the prohibited take.                   LOA.                                                  regulations or result in no more than a
                                                    NMFS will work with 86 FWS to                             (b) An LOA, unless suspended or                     minor change in the total estimated
                                                    determine what measures are necessary                   revoked, may be effective for a period of             number of takes (or distribution by
                                                    to minimize the likelihood of further                   time not to exceed the expiration date                species or years), NMFS may publish a
                                                    prohibited take and ensure MMPA                         of these regulations.                                 notice of proposed LOA in the Federal
                                                    compliance. The 86 FWS may not                            (c) If an LOA expires prior to the                  Register, including the associated
                                                    resume their activities until notified by               expiration date of these regulations, 86              analysis illustrating the change, and
                                                    NMFS.                                                   FWS must apply for and obtain a                       solicit public comment before issuing
                                                       (3) In the event that 86 FWS discovers               renewal of the LOA.                                   the LOA.
                                                    an injured or dead marine mammal, and                     (d) In the event of projected changes                 (c) An LOA issued under § 216.106
                                                    the lead observer determines that the                   to the activity or to mitigation and                  and § 218.56 of this chapter for the
                                                    cause of the injury or death is unknown                 monitoring measures required by an                    activity identified in § 218.50(a) may be
                                                    and the death is relatively recent (e.g.,               LOA, 86 FWS must apply for and obtain                 modified by NMFS under the following
                                                    in less than a moderate state of                        a modification of the LOA as described                circumstances:
                                                    decomposition), 86 FWS shall                            in § 218.57.                                            (1) Adaptive Management—NMFS
                                                    immediately report the incident to the                    (e) The LOA will set forth:                         may modify (including augment) the
                                                    Office of Protected Resources, NMFS,                      (1) Permissible methods of incidental               existing mitigation, monitoring, or
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    and the Pacific Islands Regional                        taking;                                               reporting measures (after consulting
                                                    Stranding Coordinator, NMFS.                              (2) The number of marine mammals,                   with 86 FWS regarding the
                                                       (4) The report must include the same                 by species and age class, authorized to               practicability of the modifications) if
                                                    information identified in paragraph                     be taken;                                             doing so creates a reasonable likelihood
                                                    (e)(i) of this section. Activities may                    (3) Means of effecting the least                    of more effectively accomplishing the
                                                    continue while NMFS reviews the                         practicable adverse impact (i.e.,                     goals of the mitigation and monitoring
                                                    circumstances of the incident. NMFS                     mitigation) on the species of marine                  set forth in the preamble for these
                                                    will work with 86 FWS to determine                      mammals authorized for taking, on its                 regulations.


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00043   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 86 / Friday, May 5, 2017 / Proposed Rules                                                 21185

                                                       (i) Possible sources of data that could              authorized by these regulations or                    § 216.106 and 218.50 of this chapter, an
                                                    contribute to the decision to modify the                subsequent LOAs.                                      LOA may be modified without prior
                                                    mitigation, monitoring, or reporting                      (ii) If, through adaptive management,               notice or opportunity for public
                                                    measures in an LOA are:                                 the modifications to the mitigation,                  comment. Notice would be published in
                                                       (A) Results from 86 FWS’s monitoring                 monitoring, or reporting measures are                 the Federal Register within 30 days of
                                                    from previous years;                                    substantial, NMFS will publish a notice               the action.
                                                                                                            of proposed LOA in the Federal
                                                       (B) Results from other marine                        Register and solicit public comment.                  218.58   [Reserved]
                                                    mammal and sound research or studies;                     (2) Emergencies—If NMFS determines
                                                    and                                                     that an emergency exists that poses a                 218.59   [Reserved]
                                                       (C) Any information that reveals                     significant risk to the well-being of the             [FR Doc. 2017–09137 Filed 5–4–17; 8:45 am]
                                                    marine mammals may have been taken                      species or stocks of marine mammals                   BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
                                                    in a manner, extent or number not                       specified LOAs issued pursuant to
jstallworth on DSK7TPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   14:02 May 04, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00044   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\05MYP1.SGM   05MYP1



Document Created: 2018-11-08 08:39:38
Document Modified: 2018-11-08 08:39:38
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionProposed Rules
ActionProposed rule; request for comments.
DatesComments and information must be received no later than June 5, 2017.
ContactJaclyn Daly, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401.
FR Citation82 FR 21156 
RIN Number0648-BG65

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR